Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Radisson Resort 8701 Astronaut Blvd. Truss layout 1999 eng. Reports & correspondence 1999 Fire Alarm System 1999 Fire Sprinkler Plans 1996 & 1999 (2)
Dates of Record Dates of Record Item No. Records Series Title From: To: No. of Pages 1 Discovery Bay Subdivision Tower Boulevard Site work for sewer and water lines & construction of street (manatee Bay Drive) 1993 1993 1993 11 2 7677 Mangolia Ave Biscontine Bldg Permit No. 43 ??? 3 3 620 Madison Ave. Screen Enclosure 1991 Pool Plans 1973 Topo survey (no date) block wall (no date) 1973 1991 25 4 617 Madison Ave. Floor Plan 1988 2 5 515 Madison Avenue Shed 1991 House Refurbishment 1999 Bedroom Extension 1999 Screen enclosure 2000 1991 2000 22 6 Plumbing 401 & 403 Madison Avenue 1999 2 7 401 & 403 Madison Ave. Retention calcs., engineering inspection reports, property survey, energy calcs., Roof truss layout, plumbing plans, & Construction Plans 1999 31 8 340 Madison Avenue screen enclosure 1995 6 9 302 Madison Ave. New Roof 1997 1997 2 10 211 Long Point Road topo/boundary & tree survey 1987, construction plans 1987 1987 3 11 111 Justamere Road Carport 1993, mobile Home set-up 1995, concurrency For shed & Driveway 1995, Shed & driveway plans 1995, swimming pool plans 1995 1993 1995 29 12 306 Lindsey Court Roof truss layout, electr. layout, Energy calcs 1989, Pool plans 1999, Property survey 1989, spiral staircase plans 1999 1989 1999 39 13 Lindsey Court Roof Truss layout Recorded deed 1991 Survey lots 17 & 181989 misc. Correspondence 1989-1991 electrical layout 1991 Boundary & Topo survey 1988 1988 1991 63 14 105 Lincoln Ave. New bathroom (constr. Plans) 2000, Addition Plans 1982, Addition Plans 1966, Addition Plans 1984 1966 2000 13 15 421 Lincoln Ave. survey 1996 1996 , 7 16 603 Manatee Bay Drive Single Family Residence construction plans, truss layout, Property survey Oct. 2000_- May, 2001 ...._,. 2000 2001 51 47 _ Radisson Resort.8701 Astronaut Blvd. Truss layout 1999 eng. ' ' r rReports-& correspondencef1999 Fire_ Alarm System 1999 Fire_ . Sprinkler Plans 1996`& 1999 . „ i- 1996- . '1999. C 184 F, ,_ 18 310 Lincoln Ave. Duplex energy calcs. 2000, Survey, Construction Plans, insulation cert. 2000 2001 i 34 19 419 Lincoln Avenue Survey 1996 Shed 1998 truss layout 1996 1996 1998 7 20 P&Z & CAB documents about Beachport Townhomes 2001 100 the page counts include this page Ra.ci is son Re sari fiVtrovvau# alva- Truss lyoF trn• re o4s $ c,orres eov die nct rt flee Afar „r, Sys -tent 1991 Ft�r+� SP%I% • ri er Plc19'1 & 4 I P P a } City of Cape Canaveral BUILDING DEPARTMENT PRE - POWER REQUEST TO: Dennis E. Franklin, CBO FROM: SUBJECT: Request for pre -power, prior to final inspection. Permit # cj 9 — 00 S-7 6 444 C- Site Address fe;.70 l ASTRoNAk-r /3 ii•o- The above referenced project is in its final stages of construction. I here -by request electric power be connected to this project to accommodate: �� Vd�+��O��i���:�oN etc �v�L.fl\ti►5 �� e�+'< ca\cNe`M I understand that this request will be limited to a period of not more than 30 days. The final inspection must be made 30 days from the date the power company connects the power. I further understand that the power may be disconnected if the terms of this t- agreement are not fulfilled as described here in. By submitting this completed request, I understand and am aware that the building will not be occupied prior to the issuance'of the certificate of occupancy by the Building Department. The undersigned Electrical Contractor of record certifies the wiring and fixtures of the entire building are in such condition that electrical current may safely be connected to this structure. Electrical Contractor Signature Sworn and subscrib4 before me this Notary Public Signature General ontract Signature Sworn and subscribed before me this 1 day of ` t 1,7 . , 199 y. N•' ary Public Signature Expiration/Seal: 7//0/o / ET 00 75 Certificate/License Number day of Ail pV .19941 OVPile Expiration/Seal: Owner's Signati Sworn and subscribed before me this �S�day of `y(o-i), , 199, 4 1�1,rJ1 1. LA -IN -MAN ISSION # CC61793t EXPIRES MAR 23. 2001 BON bAfP�.v -'. pp A,ATLANTIC eo� O. 1C. Notar Public Signature Expiration/Seal g/jo/p / /i-/- ,o,A 4 7 J 105 Polk Avenue • Post Office Box 326 • Cape Canaveral, FL 32920-0326 Telephone (407) 868-1200 • FAX (407) 799-3170 • http://fcn.state.fl.us/cape/ • VIA I Architects Engineers, Inc. Lie. #AA0002419 Lie, 41Es000e174 Date: November 1, 1999 To: Denise E. Franklin From: Dave Menzel Subject: Radisson COpy Project Memorandum c3d. Attached is a certified letter from Leming Associates, Inc. confirming that fire sprinklers are not required in the covered drive through. Based on this certified letter we will not be fire sprinklering the drive through canopy. Should you have any questions, please call. RwomwPto'1942KKFRA This memo constitutes en understanding of the Items discussed end the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757.3034 • FAX (407) 7574088 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/99 Z 'd 1568 LZL L0V 'ON I I V WOtiA Wd98 : 0 l 666 L -10- l l I .f0f ..... 00 Leming Associates, Inc. October 29, 1999 Radisson at port Ref Hotel Expansion Attn; Dave Menzel Fax#: 407-757-3088 3716A Silver Star Road Orlando, l.>honc 407 Fax 407/298-4 Referencing NFPA I3R. Section 2-6, fire sprinklers shall be installed in all areas except the following: Exception # 3 Exception #4 Sprinklers are not required in any porches, balconies, corridors, end stairs that are open and attached. Sprinklers are not required in attics, penthouse equipment rooms, crawl spaces, floor/ceiling spaces, elevator shafts, and other concealed spaces that are not used or intended for living purposes or storage. Covered area is used only for loading and unloading purposes and no parking is permitted. if you have any questions please feel free to give me a call. Sincerely, LEIvIINO ASSOCIATES, INC. Joe R.C,Leirning. . . 04.0.1036CMIStrUCtiCla 868'1)631 47L— Oidrcy,... L968 LL L.017 'ONI 'VW 1,1021 666L—LO—ll 11/01/1999 08:20 4076686894 SUN STATE FIRE PAGE 01 Leming Associates, Inc. October 29, 1999 Radisson at port Ref Hotel Expansion Attn: Dave Menzel Fax#: 407-757-3088 FILE COPy Consuitants 3716A Silver Star Road Orlando, Fl 32808 Phone 407/293-4212 Fax 407/298-4316 &Q•d .DCF Referencing NFPA 13R. Section 2-6, fire sprinklers shall be installed in all areas except the following: Exception # 3 Sprinklers are not required in any porches, balconies, corridors, and stairs that are open and attached. Exception #4 Sprinklers are not required in attics, penthouse equipment rooms, crawl spaces, floor/ceiling spaces, elevator shafts, and other concealed spaces that are not used or intended for living purposes or storage . Covered area is used only for loading and unloading purposes and no parking is permitted. If you have any questions please feel free to give me a call. Sincerely, LEMING ASSOCIATES, INC. Joe ik A. ... .., 1 .. , _. f ce;:loutkPezjicK&struction , ,.. Phx na5,8- MAI facsimile TRANSMITTAL To: Dennis E. Franklin Fax #: 783-8193 Re: Radisson Expansion Date: December 23, 1998 Pages to Follow: 2 From the desk of... David T. Menzel. P.E. 1990 W. New Haven Ave Melbourne, Ft. 32904 407-878-0737 Fax: 407-727.8951 l ' d 1 S68 LZL L@V 'ON I I VW V4d Wd L Z : Z L 1866 t -EZ-Z L ,. MAIArchitects Engineers, Inc. Lig. #AA00024i9 #280006274 Date: December 23, 1998 To: Dennis E. Franklin, Cape Canaveral Building Department From: Dave Menzel " Subject: Radisson Project Memorandum We would like to use ADS pipe in lieu of concrete pipe for the stormwater drainage system for the Radisson Hotel. Attached is a letter from the manufacturer of the pipe outlining its ability to sustain highway loading. I spoke with John A. Pekar, P.E., from Stottler Stagg, regarding this pipe. His concern was verification that this pipe meets highway loading. Based on the attached letter, I believe we accommodate this requirement. Please review and should you have any questions, please call. 0 This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 1990 West New Haven Avenue • Suite 105 • Melbourne, Florida 32904-3908 (407) 676-0737 • FAX (407) 727-8951 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/98 Zd LS68 LZL LLV ' ON I I V J VJOcJd Wd l Z, Z l 866 i -EZ-Z l THE MOAT ADVANCED NAME IN DRAINAGE Ev&TaMS December 15,1998 MAI Architects, Inc. Attn: Dave Menzel Fax: 407-727-8951 Re: Raddison Hotel — Cape Canaveral Dear Dave, I understand you are concerned about the use of ADS N-12 Pipe for use under the concrete slab of the hotel. ADS N 12 Pipe has been used for just about every application imaginable, including Federal Highways. Airport Runways, High Rise Buildings, and deep burial projects. ADS N-I2 meets H-20, H-25 and even E.801oading criteria. Our minimum requirements for F1-20 loading is one vertical foot ofcover (Class T,JL or III soil), with minimum compaction effort of 85%. Tf you have any questions concerning this matter please call me at 407-438-4800. Chris felegato CNDfCFR Cc: Jim Cletnans Jim Guerrero Danny Meadows -Ferguson AS��NCfs SAAINAGE SYSTEMS. Int hAQ tnST LANC$Tm(ff AUAU tJMJANuu, P; 31NR4 in 407 / 438 4441n fAX• 46/ / 1101•1$66 MrTP•1/WWW,nol Pirt e'oM Zia abed E 'd `•eZ:Lt 96-St-3ea •soot eel, tOb •S31'dS oawriHo SO :A8 luaS 1968 LZL LOV -0NI IbN WOa=1 WdZZ:ZL 8661—EZ—ZL NIA I Engineering Construction Services, Inc. CG CO59791 December 11, 1998 G.J. Moran, Budding Official City of Cape Canaveral 105 Polk Ave. Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 Re: Radisson Restaurant Dear Mr. Moran: The Air Conditioning Contractor for the above referenced project is now Beach Appliance and AC rather than Mickey Kabran, who was originally listed as NC Contractor on the building permit application. Please contact this office at the number below, if you should have any questions. ncerely, David T. Menzel, P.E. E;\WPoltTR11 D42031(MOR MAI • 1990 West New Haven Avenue • Suite 105 • Melbourne, Florida 32904-3908 (407) 676-0737 • FAX (407) 727-8951 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/98 Z d L 969 LZL L017 ' ON I I VH NOad Nd L E 866 i —5 L —Z { IVI A I Architects Engineers, Inc. ��. MM0002410 Lie. #E80006274 Date: To: Dennis E. Franklin, g Official From: Dave Menzel Subject: Radisson Expansi July 7, 1999 Project Memorandum All hurricane clips for the roof of building C were inspected by this office and found to be acceptable. All hurricane clips for the roof of building B were inspected by this office and found to be acceptable. Building A second floor elevator ramp walkway, balcony and the first to second floor west stair reinforcement were inspected by this office and found acceptable ts J r 0 This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 • FAX (407) 757-3088 • Email: MAK iu.net MA!/99 'd. l 568 LZL LOt' ' ON I I'v l WOd.d V LE : 6 666 I -LO-L VU A I Architects Engineers, Inc. Lic. #AA0002419 Lic. #EB0006274 Date: July 7, 1999 To: Dennis E. Franklin, uildi g Official From: Dave Menzel Subject: Radisson_Expansion Project Memorandum All hurricane clips for the roof of building C were inspected by this office and found to be acceptable. All hurricane clips for the roof of building B were inspected by this office and found to be acceptable. Building A•second floor elevator ramp walkway, balcony and the first to second floor west stair=reinforcement were inspected by this office and found acceptable it„1�IIt �/, G�� I., ./ !ice a H:\W P61 \MEMO\1942DD. FRA This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 • FAX (407) 757-3088 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/99 7-02-1999 9:34AM FROM MAI INC. 407 727 8951 P. 2 MEMO LiPROJECT MEMO LaTELEPHONE MEMO ❑ INTEROFFICE MEMO CITOBETYPED Date: To: D0E11i1//S 1R/4f IlkLJ N aZ • 04° r From:41/. /115A/Ze 2- Project. /94L)/Sc,,BIA6. f 4 REMARKS: MA' Archit cts , En ineers Inc. Engineers, Lic. #AA0002419 LIO. OE/30006274 DISTRIBUTION: DTM FILE Copies To: Job No.: A7r,9a !s P.ET/J/L CoNr -77q1./v6/71- 1fovR f7/5_6o/e,p45, SM16/1.4 y-di/ , VA , W QV°.sT/o 'S frxx 7s4 -as/3z This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or . (1 a ROM MAI INC -0 11111111O11111____-_—.-.1111[1111t♦unl:SURF_ ---•IIII1LIBw1111(:11111 EXI571N6 T1.40 STORY 8111LDfN5 :SI1(minimum Ill: nunulll:luMIMI I; Ci111111II :1111111111. C�c �.Rrrr�+ar�.r�' 1111 111']I I111 ! 111 [: SUITE - 210 SUITE l202 r H It • a' L ?f? POOR fr-i/ vINATE Ln.4 -1ELV1NG . Cr1 0-31 )51-1E-0 AL.011. Ci) :TM) • • T - : <..d r.„ 1HATE BOTT. 214 I SU1YE 211 LuntuiM.Lth.tilm • 111111:11 VUA I Architects Engineers, Inc. Lic. #AA0002419 Lic. #EB0006274 Date: July 1, 1999 To: Dennis Franklin From: Dave Menzel Subject: Radisson Hotel Cape Canaveral Building Dept. Project Memorandum Building 'A' East side, 2nd floor balcony. 9x9 perimeter beam is to have 2 #5 rebar top and bottom in lieu of what is shown. Stair Tower connection is to have 4 #5 dowels out of slab in lieu of what is shown on plans. ..Tti'e`re•= jn this area is approved by MAI Architects Engineer,. Inc. For concrete lac: Sri H:\W P611M EMO\1942CC.FRA This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 • FAX (407) 757-3088 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/99 4 VIA I Architects Engineers, Inc. Lic, PAA0002419 Lic.1►E800*3274 Date: July 1, 1999 To: Dennis Franklin From: Dave Menzel Subject: Radisson Hotel Cape Canaveral Building Dept. Building 'A' East side, 2nd floor balcony. Project Memorandum 9x9 perimeter beam is to have 2 #5 rebar top and bottom in lieu of what is shown. Stair Tower connection is to have 4 #5 dowels out of slab in lieu of what is shown on plans. ..The re • = }n this area is approved by MAI Architects Engineer, Inc. For concrete .ram: 07;i. C3 1t\W P611MEM011942CC. FRA This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 `• FAX (407) 757-3088 • Email: MAICiu.net MAI/39 Z 'd 1968 LZL LOt7 •ON I I b'N V D d WVZE ' 6 6661-10—L 407 727 8951 L 11 1999 9:33AM 407 727 8951 FROM MAI INC. a P SET /.: A r Ili Ii4iliiii•i . 1 ( 1 I HIP SETS PRF-N6. HOOD 11;156ES • 24' OL. NI hl 7x RAPIERS 24' D.G. 4'-0' x 4'-0' ON TOP OP TZ401.cs , . jala 13,7A*, 142 0V.5/1-13. 6 DR IVO --770-iev DENOTES 51-0' PRAHIN6 ON TI SHEATH1N6 C 'd LS68 LZL LOV 'ONI IVW WOdd V E :6 6661-10-L lvi A I Architects Engineers, Inc. Lic. MAA0002419 Lt. 0E130006274 Date: June 22, 1999 To: Dennis E. Franklin Cape Canaveral B From: Dave Menzel g Department Subject: Radisson Hotel Expansion Building •C* /At COPY Project Memorandum This office verified all field connections of wood trusses and truss girders supplied by Spacecoast Truss. The uplift loads were coordinated with the hurricane clips, straps and bolts that are currently in place. All connections were reviewed by this office before installation and after installation. All connections are approved and meet the minimum uplift loads required by SRC, 1997 edition. � a.�-9� ��,v.►�/�,��► f /4-1&.rig, 'laAr 471/Z td-d j9,11 FAi A ��,Gr t/ HAwpowomovi $42sa.fRA This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 • FAX (407) 757.3088 • Email: Maieiu.net O MAI/99 Z l 968 LZL L0ti "ON I I b'W WOWd8E' Z 666 l -ZZ-9 Submittal Form For: RAD1SSON RESORT wysiwyg://3/file:/E:/subpak.htm MILT! RAD1 SSON RESORT Project: Name: RAD1SSON RESORT Address: 8701 ASTRONAUT BLVD Address2: City: State: Zip: CAPE CANERVERAL FL 32920 Architectural & Engineering Firm: Name: MAI ARCHITECTS ENG Address: 152 HARBOR CITY BLVD Address2: City: State: Zip: Phone: Contact: Contractor: Name: Address: Address2: City: State: Zip: Phone: Contact: MELBOURNE FL 32935 a. 407 757-3034 DAVE MENZEL SOUTH BEACH CONST 2210 S. ATLANTIC AVE COCOA BCH FL 32931 407 693-0094 RICK HALM OFFICE COP, FOR CONSTRUCTION CITY OF CAPE CAN - ILL BUILDING • PICIAL DATE PLAN APPROVAL DOES NOT AUTHORIZE VIOLATION OF ANY TECHNICAL CODES, LOCAL, STATE OR FEDERAL LAWS. MAI Architects Engineers, Inc. Reviewed 0 Revise and resubmit 0 Rejected ❑ Furnish as corrected Corrections or comments made on the shop drawings during this review do not relieve contractor from compliance with requirements of the drawings and specifications. This check is only for review of general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with information given in the contract documents. The contractor is responsible for: conforming and correlating all quantities and dimensions; selecting fabrication procedures and techniques of construction; coordinating his work with that of all other trades; and performing his work in a safe and satisfactory manner. Shop drawing number Date by 1 of 7 6/14/99 12:32 PM `Submittal Form For: RADISSON RESORT wysiwyg://3/file:/E:/subpak.htm Product: Name: FS One Construction Chemicals Product Data Hilti FS ONE High Performance Intumescent Firestop Sealant A "state of the art" product which protects more than 95% of all typical firestop applications, with ratings up to four hours. Product Description: FS-ONE High Performance Intumescent Firestop Sealant is a one -part, ready -to -use fire rated sealant designed for firestopping insulated and non -insulated steel, copper or EMT pipe, jacketed cables, cable bundles and plastic pipe penetrations in fire resistive construction. When cured, it forms a strong, flexible, noncombustible barrier which expands when exposed to heat, impeding the spread of flames, smoke and toxic gases through penetrations. Because FS-ONE is a water -based formulation, it is safe and easy to apply and cleans -up with water. FS-ONE has been tested by UL in accordance with UL 1479 and is fire -rated for up to 4 hours in numerous applications. Details can be found in the Hilti Firestop Inspection and Installation Manual and UL Fire Resistance Directory. Basic Uses: FS-ONE is specifically designed for insulated and non -insulated steel, copper or EMT pipe, jacketed cables, cable bundles, plastic pipe penetrations in fire resistive construction. It is also UL classified for these applications where the opening is lined with a steel sleeve, typically considered a worst -case scenario, and top of wall 2 of 7 6/14/99 12:26 PM Submittal Form For: RADI SSON RESORT wysiwyg://3/fi1e:/E:/subpak.htm construction.joints. Limitations: FS ONE should not be applied: • When temperature of the product or penetration substrate is below 35°F or above 100°F. • To building materials that bleed oils, plasticizers or solvents (e.g. impregnated wood, oil based caulks, green or partially vulcanized rubber) • Underwater • In any penetrations other than those specifically described in the firestop applications drawings and installation instructions portion of this manual or the current UL Fire Resistance Directory. Composition and Materials: FS-ONE is a one -component, non-combustible, inorganic, moderately intumescent firestop sealant. It has the consistency of a thick smooth paste. It is virtually odorless and contains no volatile solvents or halogen. Packaging: FS-ONE is conveniently packaged in standard 10.1 fl.oz. (300 ml) cartridges and 4 gallon (19 I) pails. Color: FS-ONE is red for easy identification. Applicable Standards: FS-ONE is classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.® as a Fill, Void or Cavity Material" for use in Through -Penetration Firestop Systems. Many different 1, 2, 3, and 4 hour rated systems were tested by UL in accordance with UL 1479, "Fire Tests of Through -Penetration Firestops" (the UL version of ASTM E-814). Specific details can be found in the Hilti Firestop Inspection and Installation Manual and current UL Fire Resistance Directory. FS-ONE has also been independently tested in accordance with ASTM E84-84a, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, which is similar to ANSI 2.5, NFPA 255, UBC 42-1, and UL-723. 3 of 7 6/14/99 12:26 PM Submittal Form For: RAD1SSON RESORT Technical Data: Typical properties of FS ONE High Performance Intumescent Sealant are given below. Installation: 1. Before handling, read product and material safety data sheets for detailed use and health information. Also consult the firestop application drawings and installation instructions portion of this manual or the current UL Fire Resistance Directory for specific installation details. For industrial use only. 2. Application temperature of the substrate must be at least 40°F. 3. Remove all loose dirt, dust, oil and any other foreign sub -stances that would impair adhesion to the penetrating items, adjacent surfaces and penetration opening. 4. Install the prescribed backing material, if required (e.g. CF 128 Foam, backer rod, mineral wool). 5. Apply FS-ONE to the required depth, making sure the sealant contacts all surfaces to provide the greatest adhesion. 6. Using a putty knife or equivalent, tool the sealant immediately to push it in place and provide a smooth, neat finish. 7. Clean all tools and equipment with water immediately after work has been completed. 8. Leave completed seal undisturbed for at least 48 hours. Precautions: Before handling, read the Material Safety Data Sheet. Wear appropriate gloves and safety goggles. In case of contact with eyes, flush eyes with water immediately and consult a physician. In case of contact with skin, remove FS-ONE with a dry cloth and then wash skin thoroughly with soap and water. Consult a physician if skin irritation develops. Do not use solvents to remove sealant from skin. If swallowed, DO NOT induce vomiting, seek immediate medical attention. • Storage: When stored between 50°F and 100°F in original, unopened containers, FS ONE has a minimum shelf life of 1 year from the date of manufacture. Protect from freezing. The expiration date is stamped on each container. 4 of 7 wysiwyg://3/file:/E:/subpak.htm 1 6/14/99 12:26 PM • Submittal Form For: RAD1SSON RESORT wysiwyg://3/file:/E:/subpak.htm Technical Services: Your local Hilti representative, together with the Customer Service Department and qualified technical staff, can provide you with the service you need, including product demonstrations, on -site applicator training and educational seminars. For assistance, call 1-800-879-8000. Guarantee/Warranty: Sellers Hilti, Inc. and Hilti Construction Chemicals, Inc. warrant that all products supplied hereunder will be free of defects in material and workmanship. Seller's obligation under this warranty shall be limited to refund of purchase price or, at Seller's option, replacement or repair of the defective products. Sellers must be notified of all claims of defect within one year of delivery by Sellers; absence of such written claim during this period shall constitute a waiver of all claims with regard to such product. THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABIUTY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Sellers shall in no event be liable for special, incidental, consequential, or other damages arising out of the sale, use, or inability to use the product. Simplicity Confidence Value 5 of 7 6/14/99 12:26 PM Submittal Form For: RAD1SSON RESORT wysiwjig://3/file;/E:/subpak.htm Technical Data: Typical properties of FS-ONE High Performance Intumescent Firestop Sealant are given below. 4 Consistency s non -sag, gun grade 1 Working Time $ 20-30 min. Skin Over Time 13-6 min. Application Temperature ;min. 40°F, max. 100°F „Full Cure Density approx. 14-21 days 1.5 g/cm3 Intumescent Activation Volatile Solvents approx. 300°-500° F None Combustibility Noncombustible Surface Burning Characteristics (ASTM E84-91 a) ;Maximum Service 1 Temperature Approvals: ICBO Evaluation Service, Inc. 1 California State Fire Marshal Flame Spread Index = 0 Smoke Developed Index =5 ? 120°F 1 Report No. 5071 1 Listing No. 1200:108 City of New York City of Los Angeles MEA 326-96-M Research Report 25188 6 of 7 1 6/14/99 12:26 PM • Submittal Form For: RAD1SSON RESORT wysiwyg://3/file:/E:/subpak.htm krim P.O. Box 21148 Tulsa, OK 74121 FILL VOID OR CAVITY MATERIALS CLASSIFIED BY UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, INC. FOR USE IN ' THROUGH -PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS SEE UL FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY 66Y7 P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, OK 74121 1-800-879-8000 www. hilti.corrl. In Canada call 1-905-813-9200 Hilti Is an equal opportunity employer Hilt' is a registered trademark of Hilti, Corp. © Copyright 1997 by Hifti, Inc. SLC/ APPROYFD For Penetration Fire Stops Consult Factory Mutual 1 Research Approval Guide Cee'ificd Ou eity Sys sus SO 5co11EN 29tO1 RQa.No. 12455-Ct The data contained on this CD -Rom was current as of the date of publication. Updates and changes may be made based on later testing. If verification is needed that the data is still current, please contact the Hilti Technical Support Specialists at 1 -800-879-8000. All published load values contained in this literature represent the results of testing by Hilti or test organizations. Local base materials were used. Because of variations in materials, on -site testing is necessary to determine performance at any specific site. 7 of 7 6/14/99 12:26 PM FROM: HILTI INC FAX NO.: 918 254 1679 U.L. SYSTEM NO. CAJ2168 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR, WALL, OR BLOCK WALL F RATING = 3-HR T RATING = 0-HR A TOP VIEW 4 4 4 A SECTION A -A CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY (3-HR FIRE -RATING)! A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MIN. 4-1/2' THICK). B. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WALL (MIN. 8' THICK), C. ANY U.L, CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL, MAXIMUM 3' NOMINAL DIAMETER PVC OR CPVC PLASTIC PIPE (CLOSED OR VENTED PIPING SYSTEM). MINIMUM 4' DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT, NOTES ' 1, MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OPENING = 5'. 2. ANNULAR SPACE = MINIMUM 1/2', MAXIMUM 1'. 3. MINIMUM 4' DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT IS REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF A WALL. 06-07-99 01:21P P.02 CAJ2168 041598 LTLEI rIRESTCIP SYSTEMS HAti Construction Chemicals Tulsa, Oklahoma USA (918) 252-6000 Sheet Ior1 Sole 13/64' = 1' !kite APRIL 15, 1999 LI-a.rg No. CAJ 2168a FROM: HILTI INC FAX NO.: 918 254 1679 06-07-99 01:21P P.01 U.L. SYSTEM NO.' CAJ2 167 PLASTIC PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR, WALL, OR BLOCK WALL F RATING = 2-HR. T RATING = 0-HR. A TOP VIEW SECTION A -A A s I. FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY : A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR (MINIMUM 4-1/2. THICK). B. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE WALL. C. U.L. CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. 2. MAX. 2' NOMINAL DIA. PVC OR CPVC PLASTIC PIPE (CLOSED OR VENTED PIPING SYSTEM). 3. MINiMUM 2' DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE HIGH PERFORMANCE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT. NOTES : I. MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OPENING = 3'. 2. ANNULAR SPACE : MINIMUM 0', MAXIMUM 5/8'. 3. WALL ASSEMBLY REQUIRES FIRESTOP SEALANT ON BOTH SIDES. 4. WITH 0' ANNULAR SPACE, APPLY MIN. I/2' BEAD HILTI FS-ONE HIGH PERFORMANCE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT AT POINT OF CONTACT. un ` ® u-'u FIRESTOP SYSTEMS Hilti Construction Chemicals Tulsa, Oklahoma USA (91B) 252-6000 Sheet I of I Droning No. Scot* 3/16" s Dot• Nov, Id, 1997 CAJ 2167b U.L. SYSTEM NO. CAJ1155 METAL PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR/WALL OR BLOCK WALL F RATING = 3-HR. T RATING = 0-HR. L RATING AT AMBIENT = LESS THAN 1 CFN/SQ. FT. L RATING AT 400'F = 4 CFM/SQ. FT. TOP VIEli SECTION A -A T 1. CONCRETE FLOOR OR VALL ASSEMBLY (3-HR FIRE -RATING) A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL (MIN. 4-1/2' THICK). B. ANY UL CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK VALL. 2. OPTIONAL: MAXIMUM 24' NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL PIPE SLEEVE (SCHEDULE 40 OR HEAVIER). 3. PENETRATING ITEM TO BE ONE OF THE FOLLOVDNG% A. MAXIMUM 20' NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL PIPE (SCHEDULE 10 OR HEAVIER), B. MAXIMUM 6' MINIMAL DIAMETER COPPER PIPE. C. MAXIMUM 6' NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL CONDUIT. D. MAXIMUM 4' NOMINAL DIAMETER ENT. 4. MINIMUM 4' THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL NM 4 PCF DENSITY) TIGHTLY PACKER 5. MINIMUM 1/2' DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT. 6. MINIMUM 1/2' CROWN HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT APPLIED AT POINT OF CONTACT. CAJ1155m042898 NOTES i 1. MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OPENING = 24'. 2. ANNULAR SPACE = MINIMUM 0', MAXIMUM 2-1/4'. a MINIMUM 1/2' DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT IS REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF A WALL ASSEMBLY. Installation Instructions STEP 1 - PREPARATION: All surfaces must be clean, sound, dry and frost free prior to application of firestopping materials. STEP 2 - PACKING MATERIAL: Firmly pack required depth of mineral wool around the penetrating item as a permanent form. Packing material should be recessed from top surface of floor or from both surfaces of wall as required to accommodate the required thickness of Firestop Sealant. STEP 3 - FIRESTOP SEALANT: Apply the required depth of Firestop Sealant over the packing material within the annulus. Wall penetrations require irestop Sealant installed on both sides. Tool the sealant with a putty knife to push it in place and smooth the surface. Leave completed seal undis- rbed for 48 hours. Simplicity Confidence Value M1`TI 31 1-800-879-8000 UL System Number CAJ5090 U.L. SYSTEM NO. CAJ5090 INSULATED METAL PIPE THROUGH CONCRETE FLOOR/WALL OR BLOCK WALL F RATING = 3-HR. T RATING = 0-HR. L RATING AT AMBIENT = 4 CFM/SQ. FT. L RATING AT 400'F = LESS THAN 1 CFM/SQ. FT. TOP V1EV T SECTION A -A T 1, CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL ASSEMBLY (3-HR FIRE -RATING)* A. LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE FLOOR OR WALL (MIN. 4-1/2' THICK). B. ANY U.L. CLASSIFIED CONCRETE BLOCK WALL. 22 OPTIONAU MAXIMUM 8' NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL PIPE SLEEVE (SCHEDULE 10 OR HEAVIER). a PENETRATING ITEM TO BE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING A. MAXIMUM 4' NOMINAL DIAMETER STEEL PIPE (SCHEDULE 5 OR HEAVIER). B. MAXIMUM 4' NOMINAL DIAMETER COPPER PIPE. 4. MAXIMUM 3/4' AB/PVC PIPE INSULATION. 5. MINIMUM 4' THICKNESS MINERAL WOOL (MIN. 4 PCF DENSITY) TIGHTLY PACKED. 6. MINIMUM 1/4' DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT. CAJ5090d05059e NOTES ' 1. MAXIMUM DIAMETER OF OPENING = 8'. 2. ANNULAR SPACE = MINIMUM 1/2', MAXIMUM 1-1/2'. 3. MINIMUM 1/4' DEPTH HILTI FS-ONE INTUMESCENT FIRESTOP SEALANT IS REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF A WALL. nstallation Instructions EP 1 - PREPARATION: All surfaces must be clean, sound, dry and frost free prior to application of firestopping materials. EP 2 - PACKING MATERIAL: Firmly pack required depth of mineral wool around the penetrating item as a permanent form. Packing material ould be recessed from top surface of floor or from both surfaces of wall as required to accommodate the required thickness of Firestop Sealant. EP 3 - FIRESTOP SEALANT: Apply the required depth of Firestop Sealant over the packing material within the annulus. Wall penetrations require :stop Sealant installed on both sides. Tool the sealant with a putty knife to push it in place and smooth the surface. Leave completed seal undis- .rbed for 48 hours. Simplicity Confidence Value 49 1-800-879-8000 0P-c7d57,.9 J HISE0539B Truss H141 S. Truss Type ROOF TRUSS Qty 5 Ply 1 South Beach Construction - Radisson Exp 6'%, ._ SPACE COAST.TRUSS, INC., COCOA, FLORIDA, 32926 4.0-32 s Feb 181999 MiTek Industries, Inc. Thu Jun X713:10:391999 Page 1 I 6-9-5 10-6-8 13-4-017-4-8 113-710 23-10-0 27-0-0 30-2-0 1 35-5-0 1 40-8-0 1 47-2-11 1 54-0-0 1 I 1 1 I 1 i 6-9-5 3-9-3 2-9-8 4-0-8 1-2-8 5-3-0 3-23-2-0 5-3-0 5-3-0 11 6-9-5 yr 6 in'' _ ' Cf i /yc�-firr: i _lo lb ill _...`'r_t%., __41,E" v5i_ l 0.2512 .-516__'Cs. G�_^ .. __-. _ = % i 7x8= 6x8= 5 00 12 2x4 II 4x4 = 2x4 II 4x4 = 11 Way 4 5 6 7 8 T9 9 10 '. 3x6 3 ' � �.:' j 3x5 � W �► �r% , 1 W2 o 1 lac • 4x5- 17 16 15 14 13 4x5= y�j 3x5= ASS'II�`..'r�) .411 6x8= 6x8= 4x6= 3x8= 2x411 QrvotY "i� t 6-9-5 10-6-8 13-4-01 17-4-8 23-10-0 30-2-0 1 40-8-0 I 47-2-11 1 54-0-0 1 1 1 1 I 6-9-5 3-9-3 2-9-8 4-0-8 6-5-8 6-4-0 10-6-0 6-6-11 6-9-5 Plate Offsets (X,Y): [4:0-4-0,0-2-31110:0-4-0,0-0-5], [19:0-3-0,0-2-81 [20:0-2-0,0-2-0] LOADING (psf) SPACING 2-0-0 CSI DEFL (in) (loc) Vdefl PLATES GRIP TCLL 20.0 Plates Increase 1.25 TC 0.75 Vert(LL) 0.18 21 >999 M20 249/190 TCDL 30.0 Lumber Increase 1.25 BC 0.56 Vert(TL) -0.24 19-20 >999 BCLL 0.0 Rep Stress Incr YES WB 0.96 Horz(TL) 0.09 17 n/a f BCDL 5.0 Code SBC/SBCCI (Matrix) 1st LC LL Min Vdefl = 480 Weight: 332 lb LUMBER BRACING TOP CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2 'Except' TOP CHORD Sheathed or 3-9-5 on center purlin spacing. T2 2 X 6 SYP No.2, T2 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 4-4-8 on center bracing. BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2 WEBS 1 Row at midpt 17-19, 9-16 WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 WEDGE Left: 2 X 4 SYP No.3, Right: 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=747/0-3-8, 12=879/0-4-0, 17=2707/0-8-0, 16=1577/0-8-0 Max Horz1=-99(load case 3) Max Upliftl=-420(load case 2), 12=-506(load case 3), 17=-1178(load case 2), 16=-847(Ioad case 3) Max Grav1=754(load case 5), 12=922(load case 6), 17=2878(load case 5), 16=1810(load case 6) FORCES (lb) - First Load Case Only TOP CHORD 1-2=-1205, 2-3=-1791, 3-4=-1753, 4-5=1430, 5-6=1475, 6-7=2171, 10-11=-573, 11-12=-1529, 7-8=1649, 8-9=1652, 9-10=-402 BOT CHORD 1-22=979, 21-22=15, 17-18=-7, 16-17=-1839, 15-16=-401, 14-15=-401, 13-14=1279, 12-13=1279, 19-20=141 WEBS 2-22=-794, 2-20=573, 6-19=761, 17-19=-2464, 6-17=-838, 7-16=412, 8-16=-474, 9-16=-1856:9-14=1211, 10-1 4116P,IlIrYiJi4=-' •, g,� 11-13=101, 7-17=-706, 18-19=25, 5-19=-563, 20-21=-7, 3-20=-169, 4-19=-1786, 4-20=1864, 20-22=1327%•' VINAR0 NOTES Q`Z`.• *1Inc • .d',1•:. ' 1) This truss has been checked for unbalanced loading conditions. ���; O•0 ..•y+�= 2) This truss has been designed for the wind loads generated by 110 mph winds at 36 ft above ground level, No. • • 528 r using 13.0 psf top chord dead load and 5.0 psf bottom chord dead load, 10 mi from hurricane oceanline, on an ? ST. E OFF X occupancy category I, condition I enclosed building, of dimensions 45 ft by 24 ft with exposure C ASCE 7-93 ', per SBC/SBCCI If end verticals exist, they are not exposed to wind. If cantilevers exist, they are exposed to �. •. , . 4�F 4' wind. If porches exist, they are not exposed to wind. The lumber DOL increase is 1.60, and the plate grip ),(; ! . a, RI �'hi�,. increase is 1.60 1 F' . " - t\ `�� Aqi 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. it r ' i01' 4) All plates are M20 plates unless otherwise indicated. 5) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 420 lb uplift at joint 1, 506 lb uplift at joint 12, 1178 lb uplift at joint 17 and 847 lb uplift at joint 16. 6) This truss has been designed for both TPI-85 and ANSI/1-P11-1995 plating criteria. , (�,• • LOAD CASE(S) Standard ` la'•) r,- CIeLOCI� -5' 1i- fl�r 001 o0 Job Truss Truss Type , 7 Qty Ply HSE0539C H141S de/Ou ROOF TRUSS 5 1 /, [ 4.0-32 s Feb 181999 MiTek Industries, Inc. Tue ug 10 10:38. 1 1999 Page 6-9-5 10-6-8 1 13 4-0 I 17-5-8 1f-710 23-10-0 27-0-0 130-2-0 1 35-5-0 40-8-0 47-2-11 [ 54-0-0 6-9-5 3-9-3 2-9-8 4-1-8 1-1-8 5-3-0 3-2-0 3-2-0 5-3-0 5-3-0 6-6-11 6-9-5 5.00 Fif 6x6= 2x4 II 2x4 II 6x6= 7x8 i W 2x4 II 9 4x4 = lXfi 7 2x4 II 4x4 = 9 T2 10 3x5 2 4x5= 23 22 19 18 17 16 - _, 15 14 } 4x5= 2x4II 3x5= 2x4II 3x8= 6x8= 4x6= 3x8= 2x4 II 6-9-5 10-6-8 1,13-4-0i 17-5-8 23-10-0 6-4-8 6-9-5 3-9-3 2-9-8 4-1-8 30-2-0 6-4-0 40-8-0 10-6-0 47-2-11 6-6-11 54-0-0 6-9-5 I; 0 0 M Plate Offsets (X,Y): [4:0-3-0,0-2-9], [8:0-3-0,0-4-81, [11:0-3-0,0-2-9], [20:0-2-8,0-2-81, [21:0-2-0,0-2-12], [27:0-1-12,0-0-7] LOADING (psi) TCLL 20.0 TCDL 30.0 BCLL 0.0 BCDL 5.0 SPACING 2-0-0 Plates Increase 1.25 Lumber Increase 1.25 Rep Stress Incr YES Code SBC/SBCCI CSI TC 0.75 BC 0.60 WB 0.88 (Matrix) DEFL (in) (loc) I/deft Vert(LL) 0.1513-14 >999 Vert(TL) -0.17 13-14 >999 Horz(TL) 0.03 13 n/a 1st LCLLMin lIdetl=480 PLATES ' GRIP M20 249/190 Weight: 333 lb LUMBER TOP CHORD ,2 X 4 SYP No.2 'Except' T2 2 X 6 SYP No.2, T2 2 X 6 SYP No.2 BOT CHORD 2 X 4 SYP No.2 WEBS 2 X 4 SYP No.3 *Except* W3 2 X 6 SYP No.2 WEDGE Left: 2 X 4 SYP No.3, Right: 2 X 4 SYP No.3 REACTIONS (lb/size) 1=493/0-3-8, 13=1029/0-4-0, 21=1133/0-8-0,18=877/0-8-0, 17=2361/0-8-0 Max Horz 1=-99(load case 3) Max Upliftl=-299(load case 2), 13=-551(Ioad case 3), 21=-559(load case 2), 18=-307(load case 2), 17=-1086(load case 3) Max Gray 13=1030(load case 6), 21=1156(load case 5), 18=1012(load case 5), 17=2367(load case 6) BRACING TOP CHORD Sheathed or 3-5-3 on center purlin spacing. BOT CHORD Rigid ceiling directly applied or 6-0-0 on center bracing. WEBS 1 Row at midpt 10-17 FORCES (lb) - First Load Case Only TOP CHORD 1-2=-579, 2-3=617, 3-4=638, 4-5=-66, 5-6=-65, 6-7=-183, 7-8=616, 8-9=1080, 9-10=1080, 10-11=-750, 11-12=-946, 12-13=-1888 BOT CHORD 1-23=404, 22-23=391, 18-19=68, 17-18=-786, 16-17=74, 15-16=74, 14-15=1604, 13-14=1604, 20-21=185 WEBS 2-23=136, 2-24=-563, 21-24=-706, 7-25=852, 18-26=-788, 7-18=-737, 8-17=-604, 9-17=-485, 10-17=-1703, 10-15=1009, 11-15=-283, 12-15=-932, 12-14=100, 5-20=104, 3-21=-198, 4-20=-138, 4-21=-911, 21-27=93, 8-18=351, 22-27=430, 24-27=407, 2-22=-592, 19-26=22, 26-28=-370, 25-28=-370, 6-25=-665, 20-28=65 NOTES 1) This truss has been checked for unbalanced loading conditions. 2) This truss has been designed for the wind loads generated by 110 mph winds at 36 ft above ground level, using 13.0 psf top chord dead load and 5.0 psf bottom chord dead load, 10 mi from hurricane oceanline, on an occupancy category I, condition I enclosed building, of dimensions 45 ft by 24 ft with exposure C ASCE 7-93 per SBC/SBCCI If end verticals exist, they are not exposed to wind. If cantilevers exist, they are exposed to wind. If porches exist, they are not exposed to wind. The lumber DOL increase is 1.60, and the plate grip increase is 1.60 3) Provide adequate drainage to prevent water ponding. 4) All plates are M20 plates unless otherwise Indicated. 5) Bearing at joint(s) 21 considers parallel to grain value using ANSVTPI 1-1995 angle to grain formula. Building designer should verify capacity of bearing surface. 6) Provide mechanical connection (by others) of truss to bearing plate capable of withstanding 299 lb uplift at Joint 1, 551 lb uplift at joint 13, 559 lb uplt!' at joint 21, 307 lb uplift at Joint 18 and 1086 lb uplift at joint 17. 7) This truss has been designed for both TPI-85 and ANSI/TPI 1-1995 plating criteria. LOAD CASE(S) Standard Beach Appliance & Air Conditioning Proposal and Agreement Customer Name: South Beach Construction Address: 5 South Atlantic Ave. City, State, Zip: Cocoa Beach, FL 32931 Telephone #: (407)784-2318 Job Address: Raddison At The Port, Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 Job Specifications: Beach Appliance & Air Conditioning will conduct weekly inspections of air conditioning units installed at the new addition to the Raddison Resort at the Port to ensure that each unit is properly installed and wired for low voltage operation. The cost of inspection will be $50 per labor hour, plus expenses, with a minimum of three (3) hours per unit inspected or installed. All installation and wiring defects will be noted in writing and will be provided to South Beach Construction's representative after each inspection. South Beach Construction will correct all defects within ten (10) working days. If defects are not corrected by the end of the tenth working day, Beach Appliance and Air Conditioning will correct the defects and South Beach will compensate Beach Appliance and Air Conditioning at the rate of $50 per labor hour plus expenses. Beach Appliance and Air Conditioning is not responsible for equipment operation or warranties.. The terms and conditions appearing on the reverse of the attached "Proposal and Agreement" form shall apply to this agreement. Payment Terms: First Draw $5000.00, NET DUE SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER BILLING to coincide with South Beach Construction's billing cycle. Date —7 7? Approval (Company) By Date `— Si 4 MEMO lI PROJECT MEMO ❑ TELEPHONE MEMO ❑ INTEROFFICE MEMO ❑ TO BE TYPED Date: 4/9 ' J B To: �/jr% OF' Cgs Gil/WV From: 0/9)7 Mb 1ZEL Project: ,R/1/ SJ 2AJ Blip • B . REMARKS: MAIArchitects Engineers, Inc. Lic. #AA0002419 Lic. #EB0006274 DISTRIBUTION: DTM FILE Copies To: Job No.: 7711/S 0_ I �11/��, GAT ,O -��/mil/!/ owig/ --�- /32.Q4_ /8 2 aNsls T,T O o 4 L VEal770 L # - 2ts #3 i?jr✓ &EAR /a j4J . / d7144s pvtVV - ‘z��/J3L� 7-0 77�1-s o, This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 • FAX (407) 757-3088 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/99 r MAIArchitects Engineers, Inc. Lic. #AA0002419 Lic. #EB0006274 Date: April 9, 1999 To: City of Cape Canaveral Building Department From: Dave Menzel Subject: Radisson Expansion Project Memorandum This office has inspected the reinforcing at the two stair towers and the first elevated floor on Building C. All work conforms with plans prepared by this office and Y-Tong shop drawings. H:1W P61 \M E MO\1942 W. CAN This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 • FAX (407) 757-3088 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/99 IVI A I Architects Engineers, inc. Lip. MA0002419 Lit. #E80006274 Date: April 13, 1999 To: Dennis E. Franklin, Building Official City of Cape CanaveraI From: Dave Menzel Subject: Radisson at Port Canaveral Project Memorandum This office made an on -site inspection to review construction progress for the above referenced project. Upon our site visit we inspected the reinforcement on Building C. The following items were inspected for conformance with MAI drawings and specifications and Y-Tong drawings and specifications, the reinforcement inspected included: A. All reinforcement between Y-Tong panels at the elevated floor and perimeter. Reinforcement at Y-Tong panels at the first elevated floor of Building C. B. All vertical reinforcement in wall panels, commonly known as filled cells, with #5 rebar. C. All reinforcement in connection with the stair and beams related to the stair landings, stair tread and risers, and stair platforms. D. The recessed reinforced concrete slab at the handicap shower and the interior portion of the building. E. The sloped ramp that leads from the existing second floor balcony into the new elevated floor at Building C. All the reinforcement noted above was in conformance with the drawings prepared by this office and the Y-Tong shop drawings. In addition, this office reviewed in place construction with Y-Tong representatives Ron t and Julio Orbegosso. Julio Orbegosso is the engineer of record for Y-Tong, he HAWP611MEMa1a2GFRA This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached, Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 • FAX (407) 757-3088 • Email: MAI®iu.net MAI/99 'd LS68 LZL LOV 'ONI IV141 WOdd Wd✓S'ZL 6661-EL-V visited the site this past Friday to review the on going work efforts. At that time all work in place was approved by -him. Should you have any questions, or I can be of any assistance, please call. Sinc David T. Menzel, P.E. President MAI cc: Bob Baugher Eric Robert J HAWP81Vda$O 1G42XFRA This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. £ ' d l S68 LZL L0V "0N I I b'W WO'dd Wd£S : 31 666 l -Cl-, MEMO PROJECT MEMO ❑ TELEPHONE MEMO ❑ INTEROFFICE MEMO ❑ TO BE TYPED Date: 3'2 4/' q 1 To: Cl7L/ OF CAPL C'AA/AV ,Z4L- From: PAV.L. J114.1%) ZE,L Project: l'Af/YSoAJ P S'77itiV 1r REMARKS: IVi A I Architects Engineers, Inc. Lic. #AA0002419 Lic. #EB0006274 DISTRIBUTION: DTM FILE Copies To: Job No.: I J aF!✓lG� ify)6O O. DNS/1'/= //✓feEG771 NS OF 77-) . RooF s%?Lvc/RIrLE- /NLLVo?M .S pz,v1'' c/a', L J7iL L /302..77mi f LAIN . /304 lin c (NST?2 / (in ('ovL) 77,7, 5ZZ) T -' / M Rom M/3M ho y . 42. )-re, Arad✓2 Lvi/LL /rv.7WLi/CD /A/ Co/'jpIfx/Ll� Ca /MI PRA ' M y s P/14/0 71 774 )! 42'P2 • S/0ovi- ov /)A✓f ,A,tg gl/i_.1t"/oNf 7_1.E4s&_U1 LL 04 V/0 V ✓1?j/v2i L /vG 3aJ 34 This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 152 N. Harbor City Blvd. • Suite 100 • Melbourne, Florida 32935 (407) 757-3034 • FAX (407) 757-3088 • Email: MAI@iu.net MAI/99 MAIArchitects Engineers, Inc. Lic, UAA000241Q Lit. 0E60006274 Date: March 11, 1999 To: Dennis E. Franklin, Cape Canaveral From: Dave Menzel ing Official Department Subject Radisson Hotel Building "A" Project Memorandum This office has inspected the grade beams at Building "A", east side of main corridor. All grade beams reinforcement is installed per MAI drawings. Inspection occurred Thursday at 3:30 pm. y?, E:1vPl1'MCMOA1042UJ,CAA This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed agd the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 1990 West New Haven Avenue • Suite 105 • Melbourne, Florida 32904-3908 (407) 676.0737 • FAX (407) 727-8951 • Email: MAIeiu.net MAI/9J3 Z 'd 1962 LZL LeV '3NI IVW WOdHdVE'S 666L-ZL-E MAIArchitects Engineers, Inc. Lic. sAA0002419 Lic. AEB0006270 Date: March 5, 1999 To: Cape Canaveral Building Department Dennis E. Franklin, Building Official From: Dave Menz Subject: Radisson Hote Project Memorandum This office inspected the slab steel for Building "C", all reinforcement was installed per MAI drawings. Inspection occurred on Friday at 4:00 pm. 3,'297 G Gr, 64yyr --- Q CM POWOKMOW FRA This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed air] the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 1990 west New Haven Avenue • Suite 105 • Melbourne. Florida 32904-3908 (407) 676-0737 • FAX (407) 727-8951 • Email: MAlaiiu.net MAI/48 E 'd L568 LZL L0V '0NI IVN WdVE'S 666L—ZL—E 'M A I Architects Engineers, Inc. License # AA0002419 EB0006274 JOB NO SHEET NO. OF CALCULATED BY DATE CHECKED BY DATE SCALE 7� 8 D4 V 1sa/u /5 dff e /s /14s 4V 1,1 v4F0/Z P/v /Nf / 17 E. 4C ,04,1 //V9 PP V � U sTT&- /S 4I06___r /972mz,E. L e3 0 ffido 4 xi 2-02-1999 1 : 44PM FROM MAI INC. 407 727 8951 P. 1 MEMO PROJECT MEMO D TELEPHONE MEMO ❑ INTEROFFICE MEMO ❑ TO BE TYPED Date: To: /‹. A/ C4P - Ct A/44 j/64Q4 j From. ,c), VZ L , � • .�7i°�; Project: __,Ratl 1,SSQ6/ REMARKS: VIA I Architects Engineers, Inc. Lic. #AA0002419 LIC, AEB0006274 DISTRIBUTION: DTM FILE Copies To: VL -64 Al tem( - 0,i1)619m2 Job No.: 30 "At/M 4 #6--- *kJ. ; CoR/ 1),STA AL r p17 ". onstitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 1990 West New Haven Avenue • Suite 105 • Melbourne, Florida 32904.3908 (407) 676-0737 • FAX (407) 727-8951 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/98 MEMO PROJECT MEMO ❑ TELEPHONE MEMO U INTEROFFICE MEMO • TO BE TYPED Date: /#%' ci To: 1Ski f A'/ R77A - From: DA ✓A ffgAiZeL. Project: FAQ/S.0 A/ REMARKS: III A I Architects Engineers, Inc. L. $AA00024t9 Lit. #EB0008274 DISTRIBUTION: DTM FILE Copies To: $,��i 1y ,m, _ /L Job No.: /qN/J 174-/A) ,tOt 4 rIONS / /2 AL2- &29.,0 .. ,Sz 4 A 4N J LP G' _ G - /mf 7- ALL /4. T -/o/V Ac pirA 3.;E 4/14b /14 6.r ./. m7'p___N`?'._� ._ _.__....._ ,Dr2A W/Nth s . Or-- r Rrv1 ToAR/J , fdP ,&4N,1 /4/2 ?J (M4/nl )o)os , .o ,-Ae /i 7A-477s ti DF 99 This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Should there be any errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. MAI • 1990 West New Haven Avenue • Suite 105 • Melbourne, Florida 32904-3908 (407) 676-0737 • FAX (407) 727-8951 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAl/98 L 'd LS68 LZL Loy .ON I I b'W INGti Wd90' Z l 666 L —LZ— I JAN-04-99 MON 05:03 PM Baugher & Company January 8, 1999 Greg Mullins Code Enforcement Officer 105 Polk Ave., Box 326 Cape Canaveral, Fl 32920 Re: reports FAX NO. 1 407 868 0038 P. 01 L,f-CT j„ti� iy I l 4. South Beach twe frit e7k e Construction et 6 Mr. Mullins: Here is a copy of the Universal Engineering reports that show they have been monitoring the installation of the pilings being placed at the Radisson Resort at the Port. Please contact me at 693,2986 if you have any questions. l'hank You, Greg Knight Project Manager End. JAN-04-99 MON 05:05 PM Baugher & Company FAX NO. 1 407 868 0038 P. 07 ---), PRoJEcT! -/-.:-."'- A-1) / S c").A / P- i: 9.:---) /273 73 el 0 e,) 73 / DATE: W.O. NUMBER: WEATHER: CLIENT: •:5;" 8 27 4 4:-.41 ri',. 5 (-cif >7", ON SITE TIME: ._.., FIELD CONTACT: fl IC-K. TRAVEL TIME: SCOPE OF FIELD WORK: /-104/ .1 7?,.2, 4 Cr- /a fi/57—hli.‘ 4 ..;74-1.0/ RECORD OF FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND TESTS: eY1,7-.672 2-9) /01/5"74‘‘.. 4 7/r,1/1. <2/4— /1 ---1-7:5 "er 1 9 - ....-÷ 1 il41 V7Ii' 1.) i 1'2- fl S' r 44/ c:t" X:. b PI)) idc.)iyiP 6,;2<./7 go t e_ i A/ ).) 51"V 'I•C ///..5:?-.0?"?-1C; 4/ 7).i-- f? 1.4red",9 , '21,de C. . 4 TECHNICIAN: i( e,"-,de /-/-..) FIELD REPORT RECORD COPIES TO: UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Consultants In: Geotechnical Enginooring • Environmental Sciences • Construction Materials Testing - 4 p ‘mie 1190 JAN-04-99 MON 05:05 PM Baugher & Company FAX NO. 1 407 868 0038 P. 06 PROJECT: r/}•E7I A/ rSv4T5 (5(L ='^ `/5 N DATE; t ,lf W.O. NUMBER: WEATHER; CLIENT: c,z) ` !-'.`.., c /). K.-- N '.Z5 C. e,(5% ON SITE TIME: FIELD CONTACT: - /C' ' TRAVEL TIME' SCOPE OF FIELD WORK: _ t1c.",/f/ Ji- /`: C ,e / ,/ iet. lei /rr''k;/'_S a RECORD OF FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND TESTS: /JC7'Y / ro, L 6 ✓ /,f,Si 6, t L..I` . %G'64 rr�17, 1 , r `t �& .75 / " I' I /r` /.i/y / %'''/rt1'_ %) / 7 ''1' : ) U/s',1 ,,e pry.) 1i /)//I'% I" 5 % r''%-,10. / 44? ._`e-" s -,,ra /2"-)e,7- V : / . )C (..'7 7: E 4 /!V.5r ,i? /'-21,n/ ./4,12 y_,1:?; "•� ` y"),1,7 c:::- 41 TECHNICIAN: --,rL..-/:--- ..'°'•1,'re�1'-••°'` FIELD REPORT RECORD f COPIES TO: UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Consultants Ir: Geotochni ,aI Engineering Environmental Silences • Construction Materials Testing 1130 LAN-04-99 MON 05:05 PM Baugher & Company FAX NO, 1 407 868 0038 P. 05 s. PROJECT: 2/)-1/c ln/ C�T r1 DATE: � �SJ W.O. NUMBER: WEATHER: - CLIENT: c' �� t4:•Gf1 }° S' &r ON SITE TIME: FIELD CONTACT: I C. /�' TRAVEL TIME: SCOPE OF FIELD WORK: t1 M1 ���/Z /)': /A, 5 /Xl l RECORD OF FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND TESTS: a`, Ca N G/—) //f/ 4.0 i 1 7 f ";" ) '( rI / %�r )Z: /, 1) / %� J� D 1 G� 4 ' [ a 1 <- � / �. �' �}�%'I?,4 J�JI'�% 17� l /'� rs�+�� �"� SJiL�%•911.��.`�s.. l-%2/:;c...)Y e.9t.'._ 0.6 /N 5 t" eC ��:y:aJ`at.31.L j /,,r�. 'i.`- Y 11 < SP �. TECHNICIAN; COPIES TO: FIELD REPORT RECORD RIr UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Consultants In: Gootechnical Engineering • Environmental Sciences • Construction Materials Testing 1 JAN-04-99 MON 05 : 04 PM Baugher & Company FAX NO. 1 407 868 0038 P. 04 PROJECT: PO f.›/-cc 1)C., / CLIENT: /.344.;/"AfF. S FIELD CONTACT: Kief-1 DATE: /07 W.O. NUMBER: WEATHER: ON SITE TIME: TRAVEL TIME: SCOPE OF FIELD WORK: r 4 • -4) RECORD OF FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND TESTS: 11--/O/V 'CI Z.) 7-47,11 1•;1 ij 1 /cfe,,v .5 r -4- 12 Dz. 101791, :3.7/ ? `1' Plf / A-2 /1- 5 j?..-)/73 c5,i.)27 TECHNICIAN: X'f(- • COPIES TO: 11130 FIELD REPORT RECORD UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Consultants In: Geolechnical Engineering Environmental Sciences • Construction Matonals Tasting JAN-04-99 MON 05:04 PM Baugher & Company. FAX NO. 1 407 868 0038 P. 03 PROJECT: R,'-O/ /o/ a7 *' I�`�GDC � r 7 �..� � 4':,.s� J` � �*r DATE: � �!4 W.O. NUMBER: WEATHER: CLIENT: c: .;::::*:X//i "r /'Jit%• � r re: ✓ / 1•7: FIELD CONTACT` ON SITE TIME: TRAVEL TIME; SCOPE OF FIELD WORK: /" f AI / 7� �/ 4-4C e 41 f ¢41 r �rti✓ �.�;�" RECORD OF FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND TESTS: / :1W •"•78:7i� VI) ZA/7.5i' i a''< /SJ72 PV /i / L /`--0 'i 1/ / � ' �. !� / f L M S I /) c✓�; £, %�r�)�'.�S y ,gait-, *- PA `� . ° ✓.�, �'k'�'�T')/�f , /les✓ ,1) - •, e'•°�':5.e-/e7- <,..--' /46,j 5 (-)<, TECHNICIAN; itt .),-),(�`,..?//- .r' _..J COPIES TO: 1130 FIELD REPORT RECORD UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Consultants In: Geotechnical Engineerincg • Environmental Sciences • Construction Materials Tossing AN-04-99 MON 05:04 PM Baugher & Company FAX NO. 1 407 868 0038 P. 02 PROJECT: r 1'0/ 5,7"/ t C!ars /.3zo c; CLIENT;— }�'`•�%%% %1; /%% / Cyr/ (1 FIELD CONTACT: 1 c-1 1C DAZE: _ / a: //>77 W.O. NUMBER: WEATHER: ON SITE TIME: TRAVEL TIME: SCOPE OF FIELD WORK: /'-•//jf/ / l'r+/�' /4415,7 )L j -•i'! !'%7/'~ / 3 eds f.�t 1 :i.P l r�c� <" ., RECORD OF FIELD OBSERVATIONS AND TESTS: /^•/"1 ))-442=-��-1) • I 4✓.152 /}4�! l r e, - (' r J 57- /3/4 I. P- 9. /,j1 ,!%. 1 fr',.._ ei >��r✓icI> / 1�riv/5 /PI(7 f1�%/t� 1 t /7 �,,�,J- .•.. �i r,. w„T:.� � __ )6./71) i?,i?'£r#-5?'J4�•�2:) � Jr. ,/,�r��`V) 01,04 r� fr ~�� Koxe ‹IP()e9e: wi•~ / )r..r,l., t � ) it/ %71-c `�.1 a / %; / N 5 C L i, 21/'Z �! t."1 f ? SPe - , TECHNICIAN: /. e.).0- /.4.44/cw•''/ COPIES TO: II30 FIELD REPORT RECORD UNIVERSAL ENGINEERING SCIENCES Consultants In: Geotechnical Engineering • Environmental Sciencos • Construction Materials Testing ti JAN-15-99 FRI 07:39 AM Ba' 'er & Company FAX NO.. 1 )7 868 0038 P. 02 Radisson Resort at the Port 870J Astronaut Boulevard, Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 PURCHASE ORDER` "NUMBER 2576 Purchase Order Number must appear on all invoices Radisson Resort at the Port, as Purchaser, orders from the Seller the products and/or services listed on the face of. this Purchase Order, at the prices and on the terms and conditions set forth, and acceptance of this order by Seller acknowledges assent to such terms and conditions. Any price changes must be approved by Purchaser prior to purchase. This order is given subject to the terms and conditions herewith set forth. (See reverse side of Purchase Order for terms of Purchasing Agreement). Phone: 407-784-0000 Fax: 407-784-3737 VENDOR NAME... cto C� VENDOR NUMBER CONTACT0 �c . ADDRESS PHONE NO. FAX NO. DATE•OADERED DATE REQUIRED TERMS ORDERED BY rrc../2 APPRQVED.BY SHIP TO DEPT. GL Account Style # Description Qty Net Cost Total /33z.8'- COMMENTS: Xel Freight Tax Total Amount $ and/ WHITE - Vendor YELLOW - Accounting PINK - Requisitioner ; November 19,1998 Mr. Ken Grinstead Acting Building Official Building Department City of Cape Canaveral 105 Polk Avenue Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 RE: Radisson Resort and Convention Center - Review #8 - Electrical Review SSA Job No. 98077 Dear Mr. Grinstead: SSA has reviewed the submitted electrical plans for the Radisson Resort Expansion and recommends the City of Cape Canaveral approve this project. If there are any questions regarding this letter please do not hesitate to call us. Sincerely, John Pt Pekar, PE ,.. 1ichael Pilo, Vice President - City Engineer Project Reviewer City Engineer's Review Fee For Review #8 - $70.00 NOTICE OF ADDITIONAL FEES As this project is being reviewed under the original City contract, Engineering Fees for all reviews after 2nd review will be billed at $70.00 per hour. STOTTLER STAGG & ASSOCIATES ARCHITECT I's • ENGINEERS • PLANNERS, INC. 8680 North Atlantic Avenue P. O. Box 1630 Cape Canaveral, Florida 32920 Tel 407-783-1320 Fax 407-783-7065 Lic. #AAC000329 #EB0000762 #LB0006700 d:lcivi8projectslcapell-radisson 8 elec approval.doc City of Cape Canaveral flit r November 11, 1998 SSA' John Pekar, PE 8680 N Atlantic Avenue Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 Re: Radisson Resort and Convention Center Response to Electrical Review Comments from SSA (10-23-98) Dear John: Attached is a response from MAI regarding your comments of the electrical plans for the above referenced project. Please review the submittal for compliance with applicable codes and regulations. Please forward any additional comments or your letter of approval by Wednesday, November 18, 1998. Sincerely, Ken'rinstead Acting Building Official 105 Polk Avenue • Post Office Box 326 • Cape Canaveral, FL 32920-0326 Telephone (407) 868-1200 • FAX (407) 799-3170 • http://fcn.state.fl.us/cape/ MAIArchitects Engineers, Inc. Lic. #AA0002419 Lic. #EB0006274 November 10, 1998 Mr. Ken Grinstead Acting Building Official Building Department City of Cape Canaveral 105 Polk Avenue Cape Canaveral, Fl 32930 FILE COPY RE: Radisson Resort and Convention Center Dear Mr. Grinstead: Response to the building officials comments are as follows; Sheet E-2, E-3 and E-3 Comment: 1. Expand legend to include the following items: • • • • Florescent Strip ("B") Emergency Recesses ("EM") Box containing the letters "WL" (Next to Elevator) Symbol for Fire Alarm Strobe (Bathrooms) Response: Devices will be added to symbol legend, see attachment. Comment: 2. Requirements for elevator fire detection system includes smoke detector, ceiling mounted, at each floor, next to elevator door. Change drawing to reflect this requirement. Response: Elevator landings are outside on this building, smoke detectors are not required. MAI • 1990 West New Haven Avenue • Suite 105 • Melbourne, Florida 32904-3908 (407) 676-0737 • FAX (407) 727-8951 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/98 Sheet E-5 Comment: 1. Transformers in electrical rooms should be labeled. Response: See revised drawings. See attachment. Sheet E-10 Comment: 1. Feeder panel for "A-1" contains 4 conductors per conduit, therefore it's ampacity has to be derated by 80% (Same for panel "MH") Response: See revised drawings. See Attachment Comment: 2. Provide main circuit breakers for panels "B-1" and "C-1". Response: See revised drawings. See attachment. IND,,_ATOR r:?IP -. �iN UJBE TE E�w�hE TERMINAL ?"7ARD • T , P1: ,r1DERGR �;ND CT-E.Lv1s- NOTED ,E. -ERFPC F ESEN: NA T.._'14AL ELEC TRIG AL MANUFACTURES .ASS�?G IA TION, NEP-IA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS AS.50CIATION, NEGA AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE, ANSI UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES, UL ALL LOCAL CODES, ORDINANCES, REGULATIONS, FPL STANDARDS. AND THE AUTHORITY HAVING JJRISDICTION. CONTRAC TOR SHALL OBTAIN AND FURNISH ALL PERMITS, AND ARRANGE FOR ALL REQUIRED INSPECTIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT SITE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF ALL ASPECT= OF THE PROJECT PRIOR TO BIDDING. . CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING LOCATION OF FPL ELEC T RICAL SERVICE ENTRANCE AND EQUIPMENT FRIOR TO BIDDING. THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS INDICATE THE GENERAL A.RRANGE- MENT OF CIRCUITS AND OUTLETS, LOCATION OF SWITCHES, PANELBOARDS, CONDUITS, AND OTHER WORK. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF WORK. 10. FIELD COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH INSTALLER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FEEDER CIRCUITS. IQFROvIDE A COrIF_ETE _ SYSTEM WHICH IS PROVIDED. INSTALLED AND TESTED -- MEET OR ExGEEO THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED UNDER NFPA - =ND ADA.' Il. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE ELEv=-QR CONTRACTOR ALL ELECTRICAL ITEMS ASSOCIATED WI-- THE INSTALLATION AND OPERATION OF THE ELEVATOR. vE= =Y AND IF REQUIRED. ADJIST SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF ALL CS ;ICES AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFIED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE T-E ELEVATOR INSTALLATION. 15. ALL DISCONNECT SWITCHES, VW AND STARTERS FOR r`EGHANIGAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SIZED AND PROVIDED BY THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED BY THE =_ECTRIGAL CONTRACTOR, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. COORDINATE WITH DIV. 15. 19. ALL MIRING DEVICES AND COVERPLATES INSTALLED IN ,GUEST SUITES SHALL BE LEVITON I^IHITE "DEGORA" SERIES OR EQUAL. 20. ALL MATERIALS USED WHERE EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER SHALL BE SELECTED TO PROVIDE THE MOST PROTECTION FROM CORROSION. SUCH AS: STAINLESS STEEL FASTNERS, NEMA 4X FIBERGLASS SWITCHES AND BOXES, SCHEDULE 80 PVC CONDUIT AND OTHER WEATHERPROOF MATERIALS SUITABLE FOR CORROSIVE ENVIRONMENTS. 125`/ AC. 20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, NEMA 5-I5R MOUNTED AT 15" AFF, U.O.N. i25'/ AC 20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, NEMA 5-I5R SPLIT HIRED. MCJNTED AT 18" A.F.F., U.O.N I25V AC 20 AMP DUPLEX RECEPTACLE NEMA 5-I5R, -RCuND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER, MOJNTED AT 15" A.F.F, U.O.N. I25V AG SINGLE POLE 20 AMP SWITCH. WHITE VII TH I-•IHI T E COVER. MOUNT AT 45" AFF. I25V AC 3-MAY 20 AMP SWITCH. WillTt'I,11,SH • - VHITE COVER. MOUNT AT 45' AFF. 240V AG DGJBLE POLE 20 AMP MOTOR RATED :.WITCH, I-WITE WITH WHITE GOVERPLATE. I25V AG 300W DIMMER SWITCH. WHITE WITH WHITE COVER. MOUNT AT 45" AFF. VIDEO CUTLET, SCREW -TYPE F-CONNECTOR SECURED TO WHITE WALL COvERPLATE. TELEPHONE OUTLET. RECESSED SINGLE GANG JJNGTION EOX WITH WHITE PLATE AT 18" AFF, UON. I20/208V PANELBOARD AS SCHEDULED 2T1/480V PANELBOARD AS SCHEDULED JJNOTION BOX. CODE SIZED FOR APPLICATION. F?IOTOCELL. MOUNT FACING NORTH AT ROOF LINE EOJIPMErIT MOTOR. .AN NOTES: LJ 330 30 3NP- E RACEWAY CONGEALED ABOVE CEILING, IN WALLS OR EXPOSED. RACEWAY CONGEALED BELOW FLOOR, ROOF, OR GRADE. UP = UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL PRIMARY, US = UNDERGROUND ELEGTRIGAL SECONDARY, UC = UNDERGROUND COMMUNICATIONS. UL =U.G. LIGHTING. HOMERUN TO PANELBOARD, NUMBER OF ARROWS INDICATES NUMBER OF CIRCUITS. PROVIDE GREEN INSULATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR IN ALL POWER AND LIGHTING RACEWAYS, NOT SHOWN ON PLANS.• Gap FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. NEMA 1 (INDOOR) OR NEMA 4X FIBERGLASS (OUTDOOR). SINGLE NUMBER INDICATES NUMBER OF POLES. TOP NUMBERINDICATES MAXIMUM AMPERAGE. BOTTOM INDICATES ACTUAL.. FUSING A5 INDICATED OR AS DETERMINED FROM MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE. �J NON -FUSED DISGONNEGT SWITCH. NEMA I (INDOOR) OR NEMA 4X FIBERGLASS (OUTDOOR). SINGLE NUMBER INDICATES NUMBER OF POLES. TOP NUMBER INDICATES MAXIMUM AMPERAGE. NF = NON FUSED. O EXIT 5I6N, WALL MOUNTED ABOVE DOOR. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNIT WITH TWO HEADS. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS FLUORESCENT LIGHTING FIXTURE. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. RECESSED LIGHTING FIXTURE. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. I-O LIGHTING FIXTURE. WALL MOUNTED. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS. FLUORESCENT LIGFITIN!3 FIXTURE WITH EMERGENCY BATTERY. SEE LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR OETAILS. 15, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HORN/STROBE DEVICE. (WHITE INSIDE UNITS) MOUNT AT 80" AFF. a* FACP FAAP ITS FS ST ST PPG VSO FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MANUAL FULL STATION. MOUNT AT 48" AFF. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTOR, DUCT MOUNTED. UNIT SMOKE DETECTOR, PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE, 120V, WIRED TO UNSWITCHED CIRCUIT CONDUCTOR. • PROVIDE WITH BATTERY BACKUP • • FIRE ALARM SYSTEM HEAT DETECTOR • FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR PANEL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TAMPER SUUTGH. PROVIDED BY FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR, CIRCUITED BY BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. . FIRE ALARM SYSTEM FLOW SWITCH. PROVIDED BY FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR. CIRCUITED BY BY ELECTRICAL GONTRAGTOR FIRE ALARM RELAY, ELEV RECALL, AMU SHUTDOWN SHUNT TRIP PUSHBUTTON OPERATOR SHUNT TRIP PUSHBUTTON OPERATOR HVAG DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PANEL, (BY DIV 15) VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE E 1 MARK DESCRIFTION L I SHT I NS FIXTURE SCHEDULE LAMPS A 4' FLUORESCENT STRIP OTY. B' STAGGERED FLUORESCENT STRIP D 3'FLUORESCENT STRIP FLUORESCENT WRAPAROUND E E2 EM EDGE -LIT EMERGENCY' EXIT SIGN EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN 2 WATTS I TYPE F32 F32 F36 F32 T-8 T-8 T-8 T-8 DIFFUSER PRISMATIC LED ACRYLIC GREEN MOUNTING SURFACE SURFACE SURF AGE SURF AGE VOLT 2TIV 277V 211V MANUFACTURER METALUX 1.5SL-132-V-271-EBBI ME TALUX 'BTSSL -132-V-211-EBBI METALUX 'SSL-136-V-2TI-EBBI METALUX 'UT-232A-2T1-EBIB REMARKS T-8 LAMP ELECTRONIC BALLAST J-8 LAMPS ELECTRONIC BALLAST T-8 LAMP ELECTRONIC BALLAST T-8 LAMPS ELECTRONIC BALLAST UNIVERSAL SURE-LITES 21/V 11ELX-1-I/2-10-6-XX-2TI-XX PROVIDE WITH BATTERY BACKUP DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED LED GREEN NIVERSAL 2TIV SURE-LITES 'CCX-1-0--G-WH-2T1 PROVIDE WITH BATTERY BACKUP DIRECTIONAL ARROWS AS INDICATED EMERGENCY BATTERY DOWN LIGHT F MALL LIGHT 6 GE H 14' FLUORESCE':T ROUN,^, DISK l4• FLUORESCE': ROUND DISK W/ EMER =°TTERY I( B "FLUORESCE'.- V APOR i 16—" •. ="HER BTR1 2 2 4 INCL. 18DTT I. WA CFL I GLASS IB { . GEL 18 I CLF F32 T-8 PRISMATIC ACRYLIC, PRISMATIC ACRYLIC HIGH IMPACT ACRYLIC RECESSED CEILING MOUNT WALL IN ELEV. PIT • SURFACE ,SURF ACE SURFACE 2T1V 12OV SURE LITES 'RC,-I-2T1 F4JBBELL 'NVOB186G WET LOCATION 211V HID WALL =A,:< K L m RECESSED RECESSED ^'"�-I'✓`IGHT MN HIGH IMPACT PRISMATIC 15 MN R30 42 MR16 CLEAR TEMP GLASS MALL AT B'-O' AFC, 2TIV LEGION 052O-I4-2FISG'-UBW-DL-211 LEGION 11520-14-2F0C-UBW-DL-EM-2T1 211V METALUX 2TV2-232-DR-211-EB81-EM FAIL-SAFE 211V 'MHHC-HE-IOOH-211-PEG RECESSED 211V CEILING MOUNT RECESSED CEILING MOUNT RECESSED I20V HALO 'M5 324 T-14O-11302P-211 HALO 'H'1T-328-120 T-8 LAMPS `• ELECTRONIC BALLAST T-8 LAMPS, EMERGENCY BATTERY ELECTRONIC BALLAST T-8 LAMPS, EMERGENCY BATTERY ELECTRONIC BALLAST SEMI RECESSED, PHOTOCELL POLYCARBONATE HOUSING WET LOCATION LISTED GASKETED SEALED SATIN WHITE SPLAY TRIM CEILING MOUNT 20V HALO 14H1491T-1493W-12O WHITE COILEX BAFFLE i S. i POLE p!, - EA AI9 GLASS AL BALITE RECESSED CEILING MOUNT 12 CV HALO 'H1T-IO-FS-120 CLEAR TEMP GLASS FIBERGLASS POLE FIELD VERIFY MCGRAW-EDISON 'CS, 152-4 -CA4 3R-F/FF 111HI`. ��__-__%-.REA! i 251, •o = •: JER, MH CLEAR TEMP GLASS FIBERGLASS POLE FIELD VERIFY MGGRAW-EDISON 'CS1152-4 -CA44 R-F /FF WET LOCATION SHOT -HER LIGHT PROVIDE WITH BLACK FIBERGLASS POLE AND CONCRETE BASE. ASSEMBLY TO MATCH EXISTING POLES. FIELD VERIFY VOLTAGE AND MOUNTING HEIGHT TO MATCH EXISTING te7 - - - - — fra GE / _,. ,-, L,..: „.. ____ _ UP TO 3rd FLOOR uPFRbf-i 1st FLOOR UP TO 3.-cl FLOOR .=. 214 212 219 211 E ,37-77's =- - = =-• , o rco r r.3-41, e A C A B B • " I , !! 210 211 SHAFT TAMPER SWITCH, FIELO COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATIONS. 0-0- • = = 1 = I!! .1.--- i • . • . . : •J l'• 1 ---, 5.1 . - • • • 1 , -- . _ ---57. I • r ! • ,.i .1. = i _ _ AiC EM 202 0 L q EM6 AC C e __• _I = 1 _ 201 , r),FF-1 • 102 ---- PUMP . 104 2628 CA _ 33= EM ±F.j, 103 L,F TAMPER L7101-15. kt-IF'EC i-4111CHES, F IF P L.T1,11t1S• oLeva raft WA 2,./.0-" ill hi 7-- 3CC-3 RECEPTACLES TO =_ _-troic,61-En ClgCijIT- OF PANEL C.-3. TYP, THIS FLOOR, NON TR4A.Fda1 106 1015 7T7V PHOTOCELL FOR TYPE '6E' • LIGHTING FIXTURE • = BUILDING SERVICE AND ELEV. SERVICE SHUNT TRIP PUSH- BUTTON STATIONS 771V PHOTOCELL FOR TYPE '6AND '6E' LIGHTING F I XTURES, 1ST, 2ND, 4 3RD FLOOR PIGAL SUEST SUITES 1/4" BUILDING "B" AND "G" SUITES: III 211 1 311 lJ I 1I `u I GE v TC:ELL FOR '6' AND '6E' ,TING F!T:URES. 6 H: E'LEVAIDR I'42u/uti LIL,HT SPRINK ER RISER TAMPER AND •.. a �..F. • COORDINALOCATIONS. SHAFT TAMPER SWITCHES, FIELD COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATIONS. 1 • CIRCUIT RECEPTACLES Tb INDICATEDCIRCUIT _ B3:1YR 7N15 F3 OOR, uOIC' I) 101 _ 103 ®A r•®O ' erg _ A B•B ••alB_u2O A C E G EM1 A HBT EM E A 6E / E � VL EM � 1 O • :� O`� 9 C—GEM B B 2l 4B /1_ 25 B 25 B B C C C 2= '= ® y . 1 — . 1---7 102 WN PUMP BLD6 PUMP 10(i 10H BUILDING SERVICE AND ELEV SERVICE `}-UHT TRIP PUSH- BUTTON STATIONS HP 211V PHOTOCELL FOR TYPE '6E' LIGHTING FIXTURE LICENSE No+. Arch Erigix 1990 1S Ke' Melbourne (407) 6'. SCALE DP.AWN • CHECKED : APPROVED . DATE PROJ NO. TITLE FiFRST-.r. LECTF Nov 10 98 08:54a R1:,son R11e 1407)-253-6060 p.l • -, S }'•. %r =M• : jecc7.`a;' q`:.:. �i :.. ••",• :..•- :��. �r._�.se�:__,;�$ .r—'�•]�, sue •,-'_r4 K.r . _ ', o. fy. o g 4 -^`=a ce � ,, �� C^i i ��• `'...±ran i 4. • • }Vi 13 ' i s w' L �'{ `...—`-- .'� y'-'r+"..•.' - ttr'aw'vx.•-`e��'rs:'+ To: Carlos Alvarez Fax: 727-8951 From: David All. Date: 1 1 / 10/98 Re:. RadissorrExpansion = Building _ Pages: 1 Review Comments . P1Ppcp incorporate the fo1ovwing changes to comply with the Building Review comments for the Electrical Drawings: 1. Sheet E-1, add the following symbols to the Legend: Fiorescerd strip, See fighting fature schedule for details Recessed emergency downlight, See fighting fixture schedule for details Elevator warning light, with "Do not Use When Flashing" lahPl Fire alarm system strobe device (white inside units) mount at 80" AFF 2. Sheet E-10, increase the feeder size from the FPL transformer to Panel "Al" to (2) sets, each set (3)4 350 kc.mi, (1)#350 kcrnl neutral in 3" conduit 3. Sheet E-10, increase the feeder size from the FPL transformer to Pane! "B1" to (3)#600 kcml, (1)"600 ka"nl neutral in 4" conduit. 4. Sheet E-10, increase the feeder size from the FPL transformer to Panel "Cl" to (3)...00 kcmml, (1)4 600 kcml neutral in 4" conduit. 5. Sheet E-10, F 11 and E-12 Add a 300 amp Main Circuit Breaker to pane's "51" and `Cl" 6. Sheet E-11, Label the transformer fed from Panel `Al" circuit 7,9,11 "TM". 7. Sheet E-11, Label the transformer fed from Panel "Al" circuit 2,4,6 "TA2". 6. Sheet E-11, I abet the transformer fed from Panel "Br circuit 1,3,5 `TB1". 9. Sheet E-11. Label the transformer fed from Panel "B2" circuit 2,4,6 'TBL'. 10. Sheet E-12. Label the tansforrrw_rfed from Panel'C2" circuit , 1,3,5 'TC1". 11. Sheet E-12.1 ahel the transformer fed from Pane! "?2" circuit . 2,4,6 "TC2". 12. Sheet E-12, Add a 4/0 neutral to Panel C1, circuit 2.4,6. 13. Sheet E-11 • Add a 4/0 neutral to Pane! B1, circuit 2.4,6. 14. Sheet E-11, Add a 310 neutral to Panel C1, circuit 8,10,12. SSA October 23,1998 Mr. Ken Grinstead Acting Building Official Building Department City of Cape Canaveral 105 Polk Avenue Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 RE: Radisson Resort and Convention Center - Review #7 - Electrical Review SSA Job No. 98077 Dear Mr. Grinstead: SSA has reviewed the submitted electrical plans for the Radisson Resort Expansion and have the following comments: Sheet E-2, E-3 and E-4 1. Expand legend to include the following items: • Fluorescent Strip ("B") • Emergency Recessed ("EM") • Box containing the letters "WL" (Next to Elevator) • Symbol for Fire Alarm Strobe (Bathrooms) 2. Requirements for elevator fire detection system includes smoke detector, ceiling mounted, at each floor, next to elevator door. Change drawing to reflect this requirement. Sheet E-5 1. Transformers in electrical rooms should be labeled. Sheet E-10 1. Feeder for panel "A-1" contains 4 conductors per conduit, therefore it's ampacity has to be derated by 80%. (Same for panel "MH".) 2. Provide main circuit breakers for panels "B-1" and "C-1 ". Please update these plans to reflect these comments and submit to the City of Cape Canaveral for review. STOTTLER STAGG & ASSOCIATES ARCHITEL 1b • ENGINEERS • PLANNERS, INC. 8680 North Atlantic Avenue P. O. Box 1630 Cape Canaveral, Florida 32920 Tel 407-783-1320 Fax 407-783-7065 Lic. #AAC000329 #EB0000762 #LB0006700 d \riuMrnia:h\e,n I-radissnn 7 tint: `� ' �. Mr. Ken Grinstead October 23,1998 Page 2 Radisson Resort and Convention Center 7th Review - Electrical Plans If there are any questions regarding this letter please do not hesitate to call us. Sincerely, John A. Pekar, PE : i Michael Pilo, PE Vice President - City Engineer Project Reviewer City Engineer's Review Fee For Review #7 - $350.00 NOTICE OF ADDITIONAL FEES As this project is being reviewed under the original City contract, Engineering Fees for all reviews after 2nd review will be billed at $70.00 per hour. d:\civiNprojects\capeli-radisson 7.doc "Great To Work For ... Greater To Work With" City of Cape Canaveral November 11, 1998 SSA John Pekar, PE 8680 N Atlantic Avenue Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 Re: Radisson Resort and Convention Center Response to Electrical Review Comments from SSA (10-23-98) Dear John: Attached is a response from MAI regarding your comments of the electrical plans for the above referenced project. Please review the submittal for compliance with applicable codes and regulations. Please forward any additional comments or your letter of approval by .. Wednesday, November 18, 1998. Sincerely, ll Ken r;rin te'ad Acting Building Official 105 Polk Avenue • Post Office Box 326 • Cape Canaveral, FL 32920-0326 Telephone (407) 868-1200 • FAX (407) 799-3170 • http://fcn.state.fl.us/cape/ City of Cape Canaveral 105 Polk Avenue P. 0. Box 326 Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 Invoice Date: Invoice No . Client No Project No . Invoice for Services Through October 23, 1998 10/23/98 004721 RC10.75 98077 Radisson Resort and Convention Center - Electrical Review Seventh Review Engineering Staff 5.00 hrs @ $70.00 $350.00 TOTAL DUE THIS INVOICE $350.00 STOTTLER STAGG & ASSOCIATES ARCHITECIS • ENGINEERS • PLANNERS, INC. 8680 North Atlantic Avenue P. Q. Box 1630 Cape Canaveral, Florida 32920 Tel 407-783-1320 Fax 407-7837065 Lic. #AAC000329 #EB0000762 #LB0006700 VIA I Architects Engineers, Inc. Lic. #AA0002419 Lic. #EB0006274 DATE: November 10, 1998 TO: James Watson FROM: Dave Menzel SUBJECT: Radisson Resort Project Memorandum The following pages are responses to comments from your letter dated August 26, 1998. I have indicated the comments in numerical order followed by my responses. Should you have any questions please call this office at the number below. Sincerely, David T. Menzel, P.E. This memo constitutes an understanding of the items discussed and the conclusions reached. Shoul errors or omissions, please let the author know accordingly. E:\W P61 \COMMBRES\1942BB. W AT MAI • 1990 West New Haven Avenue • Suite 105 • Melbourne, Florida 3290 (407) 676-0737 • FAX (407) 727-8951 • Email: MAl@iu.net MAI/98 SECTION 1 - GENERAL COMMENTS COMMENT 1. All underground water mains & fire hydrants shall be installed completed & in service prior to construction work, NFPA 241 sec. 6-7.2.2. RESPONSE 1. Will comply. COMMENT 2. A complete set of signed & sealed sprinkler plans shall be submitted by a licensed sprinkler contractor. RESPONSE 2. Will comply. COMMENT 3. A complete set of signed & sealed fire alarm plans shall be submitted by a licensed fire alarm contractor. RESPONSE 3. Will comply. COMMENT 4. All stairwells shall be separated from the rest of the building by at least a 1 hr. rating. In building s B & C. RESPONSE 4. Stairwell has been relocated to exterior. 1 E:1W P611COM M&RES11942BB. W AT October 23,1998 Mr. Ken Grinstead Acting Building Official Building Department City of Cape Canaveral 105 Polk Avenue Cape Canaveral, FL 32920 RE: Radisson Resort and Convention Center - Review #7 - Electrical Review SSA Job No. 98077 Dear Mr. Grinstead: SSA has reviewed the submitted electrical plans for the Radisson Resort Expansion and have the following comments: Sheet E-2, E-3 and E-4 1. Expand legend to include the following items: • Fluorescent Strip ("B") • Emergency Recessed ("EM") • Box containing the letters "WL" (Next to Elevator) • Symbol for Fire Alarm Strobe (Bathrooms) 2. Requirements forelevator fire detection system includes smoke detector, ceiling mounted, at each floor, next to elevator door. Change drawing to reflect this requirement. Sheet E-5 1. Transformers in electrical rooms should be labeled. Sheet E-10 1. Feeder for panel "A-1" contains 4 conductors per conduit, therefore it's ampacity has to be derated by 80%. (Same for panel "MH".) 2. Provide main circuit breakers for panels "B-1" and "C-1 ". Please update these plans to reflect these comments and submit to the City of Cape Canaveral for review. STOFILER STAGG & ASSOCIATES ARCHITEC1S • ENGINEERS • PLANNERS, INC. 8680 North Atlantic Avenue P. O. Box 1630 Cape Canaveral, Florida 32920 Tel 407-783-1320 Fax 407-783-7065 Lic. #AAC000329 #EB0000762 #LB0006700 lrniPnrrinrh\rannN-rarfrwn 7 dnr. Mr. Ken Grinstead October 23,1998 Page 2 Radisson Resort and Convention Center 7th Review - Electrical Plans If there are any questions regarding this letter please do not hesitate to call us. Sincerely, /111M-' John A. Pekar, PE Vice President - City Engineer 7Michael Pilo, PE Project Reviewer City Engineer's Review Fee For Review #7 - $350.00 NOTICE OF ADDITIONAL FEES As this project is being reviewed under the original City contract, Engineering Fees for all reviews after 2nd review will be billed at $70.00 per hour. d:\mvitoojects\capeU-radssan 7.doc "Great To Work For... Greater To Work With" 4 r�ec. (oo, f Y • 3, et ' �5d_ 6 Tre- 7-- V57- wP�° Grp t r �v, (j -�w► G t/ %4 FA-e "Fiat i 1 A, 4 - _t 4- 4 t 4 r •-• e d +4, r 4- r0, 1.• i011. 44i ir' , 4 Plumbing By James Bickford 124 East Leon Lane • Cocoa Beach, Florida 32931 • (40 Xic # Cr co des? y 7 Irfl•l T3 g�i 5 /1) 6p /'.rt //- 7-0 Wog .Z T /ilayG�'�neerr) i?l it; 4 hIS Ribt7 igsaall:cgox) nr!/�i-o1/oi2 7ex/i,,' _Lfff%S Been s/ed dtf 75 Psi ro-ie g 4r/64`ci D F .,ArcQ \59nies lagoeb 2Qflib1frf' any i/ is-96 RIGDON COMMUNICATIONS, INC. LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS 805 S. Orlando Avenue, Suite B Winter Park, Florida 32789 0407/740-0366 Fax: 407 628-9908 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM Submittal for RADISON RESORT AT THE PORT Convention Center Cape Canaveral, Florida lFiincE COPY Fa FCI 7200 SERIES • FCI's multiprocessor - controlled 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control Panel offers numerous advances in fire detection and alarm technology, specifically: • INDEPENDENT OPERATION— Multi- processor architecture and powerful software enable the 7200 Series to provide enhanced, independent func- tionality via true distributed processing of all system operations. • HIGH SURVIVABILITY— Equipped with dual ADACTM degrade modes, the 7200 Series provides backup capabilities in the unlikely event of microprocessor failure, assuring optimum system per- formance even under the most adverse conditions. Overview As FCI's premier control panel, the 7200 Series offers an attractive price - performance standard, making state-of- the-art fire alarm control within reach of conservative corporate budgets. Combining flexibility, power and affordability in a high performance package, the 7200 Series provides the essential advantage of software programmability in an advanced, microprocessor -controlled fire alarm control panel for a wide range of app- lications. The 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control Panel includes the latest techno- logical advances as standard equipment, including built-in panel diagnostic center, remote station signaling, municipal connec- tions, individual short-circuit warnings and illuminated ground -fault indicators. Applications The 7200 Series is the preferred fire alarm control panel for any high -value application and suitable for very small to very large installations. This control panel is ideal for: • Hospitals • Office Parks • Industrial facilities • Municipal buildings • Residential Complexes • Laboratories and research facilities • Airports, train stations and bus terminals Multiprocessor -Based Fire Alarm Control Panel Features • Multiprocessor -based Design offers high survivability and reliability in a compact design. All system configurations are held in non-volatile data storage. • ADACTM Degrade Operations provides alarm processing in the event of individual or multiple processor(s) failure. • Superior Transient Protection surpasses standard electrical requirements of UL 864. • Programming Diagnostic Center, a built-in 2-digit seven -segment display, providing system status and unique user-friendly programming capabilities. • Hardwire and Analog Monitoring accommodating a wide range of system's applications. • Dedicated Wiring Area meets installer's specific needs offering 2" wiring area. • 7200 Series is Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) approved. Design The 7200 Series features transient protection which surpasses UL 864 requirements and electronic components of heavy duty design encased in a heavy -gauge steel enclosure. Suitable for changing environments, the 7200 Series carries a modular listing which allows hardware additions for altering system parameters in the field. System performance and reliability are not effected by the quantity or frequency of field changes. Like all FCI controls, the 7200 Series is manufactured in the USA and tested prior to shipment, assuring dependable performance right from the start. • UL LISTED • TWO FIELD PROGRAMMABLE MODES: -FRONT PANEL -COMPUTER • RS-232 SERIAL OUTPUT • NON-VOLATILE DATA STORAGE • PROGRAMMING DIAGNOSTIC CENTER • POWER LIMITED POWER SUPPLIES • SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS • MULTIPROCESSOR -BASED DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING • ADAC'' DEGRADE OPERATION • MADE IN U.S.A. • INTEGRAL 24 VDC BATTERY - CHARGER (LEAD ACID/NICAD) • ISOLATED AC "BROWN OUT" CIRCUIT BOARD • HINGED BACK PANEL • 4" ENCLOSURE FOR SEMI -FLUSH MOUNTING • BUILT-IN 15 AHr BATTERY CAVITY Operation Completely automatic in operation, the 7200 Series is also user-friendly. Not only does it have a pre config- ured program but any alarm, supervisory or trouble can be programmed to any output with or without timing func- tions. When an alarm is automatically processed one or all system outputs can be automatically activated provid- ing superior flexibility to meet your installation needs. All vital internal components of the 7200 Series are fully supervised, as are all plug-in modules and functional switches. Supervised outputs are also provided for remote incandescent lamp or light -emitting diode (LED) annunciators. • DEAD FRONT CONSTRUCTION • EVENT HISTORY LOG ALARM/TROUBLE RESOUND • PROGRAMMABLE LED'S • L.E./REVERSE POLARITY OUTPUTS • CLASS "A" (STYLE Z) OR CLASS "B" (STYLE Y) NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS • WALK TEST BY ZONE • ALARM VERIFICATION • PNIS CODING • PLUGGABLE FIELD WIRING TERMINAL STRIPS • CLASS "A" (STYLE D) OR CLASS "B" (STYLE B) INITIATING CIRCUITS • PROGRAMMING / DISCONNECT SWITCHES • 2" WIRING PLANE FOR DEDICATED WIRING AREA • SUPERVISED LED/LAMP ANNUNCIATION OUTPUTS • INDIVIDUALLY PROGRAMMABLE CONTROL & POWER RELAYS • FIELD EXPANDABLE For More Information — To learn more about the 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control Panel or other fire alarm products from Fire Control Instruments, Inc., contact your nearest Authorized FCI Engineered Systems Distributor. TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS A Leader in Fire Alarm Systems Fire Control Instruments, Inc. 269 Grove Street ' Newton, MA 02166-2295 . USA Tel.: 617-965-2010 • FAX: 617-965-0659 9020-0331 TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 7200 SERIES MULTIPROCESSOR -BASED ANALOG/FCINETTM/HARD -WIRE FIRE ALARM CONTROL APPROVED DESCRIPTION The Fire Control Instruments 7200 Series Analog/FCINETTM/Hardwire Fire Alarm Control is multiprocessor -based and designed for com- mercial, industrial, proprietary, central station and institutional fire alarm applications. The 7200 Series may be configured as an Analog/Addres- sable, point identified system where individual identification of initiating devices and control points are required, a conventional hard -wired, zone -identified system, or combination of both. It meets the requirements of NFPA Standard 72, and is suitable for releasing device service. The 7200 Series is field programmable to per- form an unusually wide variety of functions. In- herently power limited, it can accommodate 15 units of one type with a maximum total combina- tion of 30 units. Units are available in a wide range of configurations (Class A or Class B) for initiating device, signaling line, or notification appliance circuits. Designed around multiprocessors that provide and control all system functions, the 7200 Series has a powerful software structure that affords true "distributed processing" of all system components. The system can accommodate module placement at either a central location, or at up to fifteen (15) remote locations via the FCINETTM communica- tions to provide multiplex system features. The 7200 Series control has been tested for extraordinary environmental conditions with 6,000 volt transient immunity circuits. OPTIONAL FEATURES • 80-character alpha -numeric display • Monitors sensitivity of analog smoke sensors • Drift compensation overcomes effects of aging or environment on sensor sensitivity • "Dirty" and 'Very Dirty" trouble indications • Day/Nite sensor sensitivity setting • Analog smoke sensor test from panel • 500 event history log • Style 6/7 (Class A) or Style 4 (Class B ) signaling line circuits • Selectable analog sensor alarm verification • Individually programmable control and power relays FEATURES • FCINETTM (FCI Communications Network) Control/Remote Signaling Line Circuits (SLC) • Inherently Power Limited per UL 864 • FM Approved • Suitable for releasing device service • Two field programmable modes: — Front panel/Auto-configuration — Computer • Programming Diagnostic Center • Non-volatile data storage • Distributed processing • RS-232 serial output • Walk Test feature • Style D (Class A) or B (Class B) initiating zone circuits • Style Z (Class A) or Y (Class B) individually programmable notification appliance circuits • ADACTM degrade operation • Alarm verification • Drill Test feature • Dual rate charger accommodates sealed lead -acid or nickel -cadmium batteries • Enhanced transient protection • Field expandable 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0271/05-94 OPERATING SYSTEM The operating system resides in an EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory). The system's functional program, which is defined by the user, is stored in an EEPROM (Electrically Erasable And Programmable Read Only Memory), and maybe programmed by either front panel switches or via a uniquely "User Friendly" computer program. Both forms of storage are non- volatile. Internal memory for the system is provided by RAM (Random Access Memory). SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT The main System Control Unit (SCU) serves as a basic information and control center for stand- ard operator functions. A self-contained Programming Diagnostic Center with a two -digit, 7-segment LED digital display provides system operation, programming and internal trouble shooting features. An RS-232 port provides supervised output to a remote printer or video terminal. The power supply contains a dual rate charger capable of maintaining sealed lead -acid or vented nickel -cadmium batteries of up to 34 amp/hr capacity. ADAC'''' DUAL DEGRADE OPERATION The 7200 control features ADAC''' degrade operation. In the event of main processor failure, the "DEGRADE" LED will light. In the event an alarm is received, each subordinate processor is capable of operating a general alarm program. In the event of multiple or all processor failure, the ADAC' mode will operate the system in a general alarm configuration. ALARM VERIFICATION The Alarm Verification feature is program- mable for all smoke sensors, analog or convention- al. This allows smoke sensors that are installed in environments prone to nuisance or unwanted alarms to operate as follows: In the event the sensor alarms, a distinctive alarm verification mes- sage will be displayed for 25 seconds. The circuit or device will then automatically reset. The system will then remain in the verification mode for a period of approximately 85 seconds. If the sensor or any other sensor on the same circuit alarms within this period, a system alarm will occur. If no alarm occurs within this period, the system will return to normal condition. WALK TEST The Walk Test feature is performed on a signal- ing line circuit, or zone basis and enables testing of the system by a single individual. During this test, the act of placing a device in alarm will cause four pulses on the notification appliance circuits, operation of a supervisory switch will cause three pulses, while removal or disconnection of an in- itiating device will cause two pulses on the notifica- tion appliance circuits. The events will be recorded on a printer, if one is installed. SELECTIVE ALARM SOUNDING The notification appliance circuits on both the SCU and DSU units can be individually programmed to activate on alarm, trouble, or su- pervisory signal from a specific addressable module/sensor, hardwired zone or zones, and sound non -code, march time or fixed code signals. Cross -zoning and "Ring by Zone" operation are readily accomplished. 2 of 4 9020-0271 OPTIONAL, UNITS - ANALOG The optional Keyboard Display Unit (KDU) offers an 80-character alphanumeric display and 12-key keypad to enhance and simplify the system operation by the user. The KDU is also available for remote use. The Analog Loop Unit (ALU) provides two (2) signaling line circuits, wired Style 4 ((Class "B"), Style 6, or 7 (Class "A"). Each circuit can address 197 points (99 analog sensors or modules; 98 monitor and/or control points. DRIFT COMPENSATION The 7200 series continuously monitors the sen- sitivity of all installed analog smoke sensors to measure any change in their sensitivity due to the environment. The drift compensation software overcomes effects of aging or environment on sen- sor sensitivity giving a dependable alarm threshold. "Dirty" and "Very Dirty" indicators are activated when a sensor drifts beyond acceptable limits. Sensors can automatically change sen- sitivity with time of day to be "matched" to their real -life environment. SMOKE SENSOR TEST Each analog smoke sensor is automatically tested by the system software a minimum of three (3) times per day. The test is a recognized func- tional and sensitivity test of the ion sensor chamber and photocell of the photoelectronic sensor and meets the testing requirements of NFPA 72. This test will give a 'Test failed" indication and identify the individual sensor if it fails the test. Remote Keyboard Display Unit (KDU) with PBA Adapter OPTIONAL UNITS -HARDWIRED Optional hardwired units include a Quad Zone Unit (QZU), with four (4) Style D (Class "A") or Style B (Class "B") initiating zone circuits, an Eight Zone Unit (EZU), with eight Style B (Class "B") initiating zone circuits, an Eight Zone Daughter board (EZD) which gives Style D (Class "A") capability and LED annunciator output to the EZU, and an Eight Zone Annunciator board (EZA) which gives LED annunciator output to the EZU unit. Alarm verification is available in the QZU and EZU units via software programming. OPTIONAL AUXILIARY UNITS Additional optional units include a Quad Relay Unit (QRU) and High Current Relay Unit (HRU), each containing four (4) individually programmable relays, each relay equipped with "OFF -AUTO -ON" user switch and status LED. The relays in these units can also be individually programmed to energize either on alarm, trouble, or supervisory output from specific addres- ses/zones. A Dual Signal Unit (DSU) is available with a self-contained auxiliary power supply and two in- dividually programmable notification appliance circuits. A Zone Coder Unit (ZCU) provides Positive, Non -interfering and Successive (PHIS) coding output and offers a choice of optional relay opera- tion upon completion of various rounds of the first code. The Remote Annunciator Unit (RAU) offers thirty two (32) supervised LED or incandescent lamp annunciator points and provision for remote switches. This unit mounts inside the remote an- nunciator. The Panel Bus Adapter, (PBA) provides tran- sient protection for any remotely located units. Only one adapter is required per 7200 system. UL FM NYC MEA APPROVALS S1869 0W6A5.AY 62-93-E OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS Operating temperature 32° - 120° F (0° - 49° C) Relative humidity 85% (non -condensing) CAB/B CAB/C CAB/D DIMENSIONS 28" High, 21" Wide, 4" Deep 38" High, 21" Wide, 4" Deep 38" High, 30" Wide, 6" Deep 9020-0271 3 of 4 FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS, Inc. Part Number Beige Red 1100-0984 1100-1085 1100-1109 1100-0985 1100-1086 1100-1110 ORDERING INFORMATION Model Beige Red S)~'I'R/B Si~'1'RBR SFIR/C SFIR/CR SFI'R/D St.-FR/DR 1100-0295 1100-0296 RHBS RHRS 1100-0297 1100-0298 RHBF RHRF Part Number Model 1120-0468 1120-0466 1120-0495 1120-0469 1120-0470 1120-0474 1120-0475 1120-0511 1120-0503 1120-0512 1120-0471 1120-0477 1120-0476 1120-0499 1120-0479 Description Semi -Flush Trim Ring, (CAB/B) Semi -Flush Trim Ring, (CAB/C) Semi -Flush Trim Ring, (CAB/D) Remote KDU housing, surface mount Remote KDU housing, flush mount ORDERING AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION Supv. Alarm Current Current PSU .010 A. .015 A. ACU XFMR SCU .056 A. .267 A. QZU .027 A. .061 A. EZU .045 A. .057 A. EZD .002 A. .006 A. EZA .002 A. .006 A. ALU .020 A. .110 A. KDU .050 A. .057 A. QRU .001 A. .092 A. HRU .004 A. .110 A. DSU .023 A. .068 A. ZCU .001 A. .001 A. RAU .007 A. .007 A.* .075 A.** 1120-0518 PBA * per LED * * per incandescent lamp Description Power Supply Unit AC Line Voltage Input Unit Transformer Assembly System Control Unit Quad Zone Unit Eight Zone Unit Eight Zone Daughter board, for Style 'D" wiring Eight Zone Annunciator board Analog Loop Unit Keyboard Display Unit Quad Relay Unit High -current Relay Unit Dual Signal Unit with two (2) notification appliance circuits and auxiliary power supply. (Order XFMR transformer separately) Zone Coder Unit Remote Annunciator Unit Panel Bus Adapter Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 4 of 4 9020-0271 FCI TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 7200 SERIES DIU DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENT UNIT DESCRIPTION The Distributed Intelligent Unit (DIU) contains status and system control switches which duplicate many of the system control functions of the System Control Unit (SCU). The DIU is located remotely from the main 7200 Series enclosure and contains its own ground fault detection circuitry. The DIU enclosure also contains a PSU/ACU/XFMR power supply which furnishes operating power for the DIU and any other optional units which may be included. The DIU accepts input from the SCU via the FCINETTM and controls any optional units installed in the enclosure. This enclosure may be located up to 4,000 feet (via twisted pair) from the main control and is opto-isolated from the main control. The DIU features degrade mode operation which enables it to control its own units in the event of communication failure between it and the main SCU. Each DIU can control up to five (5) Analog Loop Units (ALU) and provides two (2) Notification Appliance Circuits rated 1.75 amperes each. LED's located on the DIU are as follows: LED Yellow Red Yellow Yellow Designation "DEGRADE" "ALARM" "SYSTEM TROUBLE" "NOTIF. APPL. CIRCUIT 1" LED Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow Designation "GROUND FAULT' "SUPERVISORY" "SYSTEM SILENCE" "NOTIF. APPL. CIRCUIT 2" The DIU also includes three (3) front panel user buttons for system "RESET', "SILENCE" and "ACKNOW- LEDGE". A pluggable terminal block is provided with the DIU for the connection of all field wiring. The terminal block will accommodate wire up to 12 AWG in size. The DIU is a full-size unit. TECHNICAL AND ORDERING INFORMATION Part No. Model Supervisory Alarm Description Current Current 1120-0541 DIU .017 amp. .072 amp. FCINET. is a registered trademark of Fire Control Instruments, Inc. Distributed Intelligent Unit Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA 02166-2295 USA TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0346/03-95 FCI TMFIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 7200 SERIES scu SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT ADPIROVT kES u r rm SILENCE u TO MOW TO MSS LUNCE IAU LAMPS Mr auiYAW WOKS DESCRIPTION The System Control Unit (SCU) mounts in the top position in the cabinet. It contains the system processor, system operating software and the system configuration memory to coordinate "distributive processing" of all system operations. The SCU functions as the system information and control center, processing all messages from any cable connected unit, including two degrade alarm (ADACTM) modes to ensure system survivability. The System Control Unit also provides two (2) notification appliance circuits, remote city outputs (city box or polarity reversal), and alarm and trouble actuated relay contacts. Pluggable terminal blocks are provided with the SCU for the connection of all field wiring. These blocks will accommodate wire sizes up to 12 AWG. The SCU is a one and one-half size unit. The SCU also includes a Programming/Diagnostic Center with a two -character 7-segment digital display providing system operation, programming and internal trouble shooting features. Along with the Programming/Diagnostic Center, three front panel user switches are provided for system 'RESET/LAMP TEST", "SILENCE", and "ACKNOWLEDGE". • Red 'ALARM" • Yellow 'SUPERVISORY" • Yellow 'SYSTEM TROUBLE" • Yellow 'TROUBLE NOTIFICATION 1" • Yellow 'TROUBLE NOTIFICATION 2" Part No. • Yellow 'TROUBLE MUNICIPAL" • Yellow 'SIGNAL SILENCE" • Yellow 'PROGRAM 1" • Yellow 'PROGRAM 2" • Yellow 'DEGRADE" ORDERING AND TECHNICAL INFORMATION Model Supervisory Alarm Description Current Current 1120-0469 SCU .056 amp. .267 amp. System Control Unit Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0292/06-94 TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 7200 SERIES KDU KEYBOARD DISPLAY UNIT APPOCNED nes SOU OD. DUD � DESCRIPTION The Keyboard Display Unit (KDU) provides the 7200 Series Fire Alarm control panel with an 80-character back -lit alpha -numeric liquid crystal display which indicates events stored in the System Event Log, the status of all analog addressable monitor and control points, and provides diagnostic fault codes/messages. A 12-key keypad permits user access to the system. The KDU contains system status LED's, an audible trouble sounder and a bank of switch buttons which duplicate non -programming functions of the switches on the SCU System Control Unit. The KDU serves as the main system display and provides user-friendly system I/O (input/output) in menu -driven, english language format. LED's located on the Keyboard Display Unit for front panel indication are: LED ALARM SUPERVISORY SYSTEM TROUBLE SYSTEM SILENCE Color (red) (yellow) (yellow) (yellow) Description Lights to indicate that the system is in alarm. Lights to indicate that a supervisory device in the system is off -normal. Lights to indicate a trouble condition in the system. Lights when notification appliances are silenced. User switches located on the KDU are: Switch MENU RESET/LAMP TEST SILENCE ACKNOWLEDGE PREVIOUS EVENT NEXT EVENT Description Allows access to a password protected menu. Duplicates the non -programming function of the RESET switch on the System Control Unit (SCU) and performs a lamp test of the KDU unit for approximately three (3) seconds. Duplicates the non -programming function of the SILENCE switch on the System Control Unit. Duplicates the non -programming function of the ACKNOWLEDGE switch on the System Control Unit. Allows viewing of previously logged events. ("Earlier" direction) Allows return to later events after viewing previous events. ("Later" direction) The Keyboard Display Unit is a full -unit size and mounts in any convenient unit/module position below the System Control Unit (SCU). Up to fifteen (15) KDU units can be accommodated by one control panel. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0329/03-94 FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS, Inc. • • • • REMOTE KDU UNIT REMOTE MOUNTING Up to fifteen (15) KDU units may be remotely located from the control panel. All Keyboard Display Unit functions are replicated up to 4,000 feet from the main control panel in an attractive, dead -front low silhouette cabinet, using 14 AWG (minimum) twisted wire. Access is restricted to authorized personnel by a key -locked access/viewing door. A Panel Bus Adapter (PBA) is required to provide the proper transient protection. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Voltage 24 VDC (nominal) Current .050 amp. (maximum supervisory) .057 amp. (alarm) ORDERING INFORMATION Part No. Model Description 1120-0512 KDU Keyboard Display Module 1120-0518 PBA Panel Bus Adapter 1100-0295 RHBS Remote Housing, beige, surface mount 1100-0296 RHRS Remote Housing, red, surface mount 1100-0297 RHBF Remote Housing, beige, flush mount 1100-0298 RHRF Remote Housing, red, flush mount Specifications are provided for Information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 2 of 2 9020-0329 TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 7200 SERIES ALU ANALOG LOOP UNIT APPROVE D DESCRIPTION The Analog Loop Unit (ALU) provides the 7200 Series Fire Alarm Control panel with the ability to communicate with analog addressable initiating devices and control points. It mounts in any available module position below the System Control Unit (SCU). Each ALU unit provides two (2) signaling line circuits, each of which can be wired similar to NFPA Style 6 or 7 (Class "A") or Style 4 (Class "B"). Each of these circuits can address up to 197 points, (99 analog sensors/modules and 98 monitor/control points for a maximum of 394 points per ALU unit. Up to fifteen (15) ALU units can be accommodated by one 7200 control panel. Each signal communication loop also monitors the sensitivity and automatically tests all connected analog smoke sensors. The drift compensation software of each ALU unit overcomes the effects of aging or environment on sensor sensitivity, providing a dependable alarm threshold. "Dirty" and "Very Dirty" indications are made when the sensor drifts beyond acceptable limits. Sensors can automatically change sensitivity within a specific time to be matched to their real -life environment. Signal processing for alarm verification is also available to provide a greater immunity to false alarms. The ALU signal communication loops each have a red "ALARM" LED and a yellow "TROUBLE" LED, along with a loop 'DISCONNECT" user switch, for individual loop control and programming functions. A pluggable terminal block is provided with each unit for the connection of field wiring. This block will accommodate wire sizes up to 12 AWG. The ALU will accommodate FCI approved, UL Listed and FM Approved model ASD-I, ASD-P, ATD sensors, AMM series initiating modules and AOM series control modules. The ALU unit occupies a full -unit size space in the cabinet. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Voltage 24 VDC (nominal) Current .020 amp. maximum (supervisory) 0.110 amp. (alarm) 0.75 amp. max. (short circuit) Part No. 1120-0503 ORDERING INFORMATION Model Description ALU Analog Loop Unit Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility Is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0327/03-94 IFCI TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 7200 SERIES QRU - HRU RELAY UNITS QRU DESCRIPTION HRU The Quad Relay Unit (QRU) and High Current Relay Unit (HRU) each contain four, independent Form "C" relay circuits capable of being activated upon either alarm or system trouble via system software or from a hard -wired 24 VDC input from the PSU Power Supply Unit. The QRU relay contacts are rated at 2 amperes, while the HRU contacts are rated at 5 amperes. Pluggable terminal blocks are provided with each unit for the connection of all field wiring. These blocks will accommodate wire sizes up to 12 AWG. The QRU unit occupies a half -unit size space in the cabinet, while the HRU requires a full -unit size cabinet space. The units mount in any available module position below the System Control Unit. Each relay circuit provides a green LED to indicate relay energization and a yellow LED to indicate whenever the relay is disconnected via the user switch. Along with the relay circuit LED's, each circuit is supervised for relay coil operation. Each relay circuit incorporates a three -position ("OFF -AUTO -ON") user switch for manual control and programming of each relay circuit. TECHNICAL INFORMATION Supervisory current (QRU) .001 amp. (HRU) .004 amp. Alarm current (QRU) .023 amp. per relay (HRU) .028 amp. per relay Relay outputs Four (4) SPDT Current ratings: (QRU) Each contact rated 2 amperes @ 30 VDC (resistive) (HRU) Each contact rated 5 amperes @ 30 VDC (resistive) LED's Green "ON" LED per relay Yellow "OFF' LED per relay Switches One (1) three position switch per relay "OFF/AUTO/ON" ORDERING INFORMATION Part No. Model Description 1120-0471 QRU Quad Relay Unit 1120-0477 HRU High Current Relay Unit Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0305/08-93 FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS 7200 SERIES DSU DUAL SIGNAL UNIT DESCRIPTION The Dual Signal Unit (DSU) provides the 7200 Series fire alarm control panel with a four (4) ampere auxiliary power supply in addition to two (2) notification appliance circuits. the notification appliance circuits may be configured as Class A, Style Z, or Class B, Style Y. The notification appliance circuits are PTC protected, and may be individually programmed to operate in response to alarms from any initiating circuit, addressable initiating device, or group of circuits. The notification appliance circuits provide 1.75 amperes each. The auxiliary power output is likewise 1.75 amperes with total power for all circuits combined not to exceed four (4) amperes. The auxiliary power output is jumper -configurable as resettable or non-resettable A pluggable terminal block is provided for the connection of all circuits. This block will accommodate wire sizes up to 12 AWG. The Dual Signal Unit (DSU) is a full-size unit. The unit contains an addressing switch and a 'NORMAL - OFF" disconnect switch for each notification appliance circuit. LED's mounted on the DSU include: LED • Green • Green • Yellow • Yellow • Yellow Designation "AC POWER" 'DC POWER" 'TROUBLE NOTIFICATION 1" 'TROUBLE NOTIFICATION 2" "BATTERY FAULT" Supervisory current Alarm current AC Input Notification appliance circuit output Auxiliary power output Part No. 1120-0476 1120-0548 1120-0549 Model DSU XFMR-H I XFMR-LO Function Indicates that AC input is present. Indicates that power supply is functioning. Indicates trouble in Notification Appl. Circuit 1. Indicates trouble in Notification Appl. Circuit 2. Indicates low or missing battery. TECHNICAL INFORMATION .023 amp. .068 amp. 110/120 VAC, 50-60 Hz, 2 amp. 220/240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, 1 amp. 1.75 amps./circuit 1.75 amps. @ 24 VDC ORDERING INFORMATION Description Dual Signal Unit Transformer, 120/240 VAC (Order separately) OR Transformer, 110/220 VAC Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0312/09-94 7200 Series Instruction Manual Fire Control Instruments, Inc ";Table:-2 - Battery, Standby Chart . Total Total Supv. Alarm Supv. Alarm Oty Module Description Current Current Current Current I) PSU Power Supply Unit __ 010 A. .015 A. ,-.,.,_o i o.__......_....._..•.......0_..__..._............. 1 SCU System Control Unit .056 A. .267 A. _ ...,. j,S __.__.._..._._...,z t.1____._. QZU Quad Zone Unit .027 A..061 A / ORU Quad Relay Unit .001 A. .092 A.* , o D / - O 9.Z HRU High Current Relay Unit .004 A. .110 A." EZU Eiqht Zone Unit .. .045 A. .057 A. A. __._. EZD.f Eight Zone Daughter Board .002 A. .006 _..__.._...._...._.......__....._ __..__r _ EZA Eight Zone Annunc. Board .002 A. • • 006_,.__...__.__................ _.._______ ...._.... __.____ ____.__. DSU Dual Signal Unit.__._. .023 A. _ .._.._......._.....068 A. _...__.._...,...Q.. ___ _..._..__...D..o__.._..._ ZCU Zone Coder Unit .001 A. .001 A. ALU Analog Loop Unit .065 A. .085 A. - e% C ,_,C' . 4 8's' KDU Keyboard Display Unit .060 A. .065 A. & - cal"' RAU Remote Annunciator Unit .007 A. "" (incandescent lamps) _ .007 A. •tt................................_..............................._....-.._...................._....._._....__......_........._._._._......__. _ _.__..__. _DID. Distributed Intelligent Unit 017 A .._.__.._...._..........072 A. f___.._...... LL __. __._.CPD SeriesA:'Ionization _ PSD Series Smoke Det., Photoelectric .00007 A. t t SBS-1101 Smoke Det., Ionization .00010 A. t t SBS-1201 Smoke Det., Photoelect. .00012 A. t t G 301 Series Smoke Detectors .00012 A. t n cs../ (9 t ,- / /� 4 Wire smoke det/EOL relay < 0 .A..3- • 7--'1 PBD Photo Beam smoke det. .100 A. .120 A. / 7' HE Electronic Horn - .020 A. - - HM ' Electromechanical Horn .038 A. / STW Strobe W' (15/75 cd) --- .079 A. --- _ % it k NS' . - .249 A. - STS Strobe (110 cd) BLV(CH) Vibrating Bell (Chime) -- .070 A. - Single Stroke Bell (Chime) ----- • .360 A. -~- BLS(CH) ,.2,-3Ji„, / % _ .._ TOTALS NOTE: t Alarm current is limited by zone module circuitry and is not involved in battery calculation. ' Alarm current is for four (4) active relays. (Alarm current is .023 A. per active relay.) " Alarm current is for four (4) active relays. (Alarm current is .028 A. per active relay.) '' Alarm current: Add .007 A. for each LED, or add .075 A. for each incandescent lamp. , f ; Page 3-5 9000-0176 Fire Control Instruments, Inc 7200 Series Instruction Manual • : ,- Table 3-3 - Battery Calculations , . A Total Supervisory Current from above chart X • 2.3/G X B Enter number of standby hours per NFPA requirements • for the specific installation t 2 _- X X C Multiply Line A times hours in Line B — enter ‘5.,-,.t>"- X X D Total alarm current from above chart X X /. ._..? E Enter alarm period in hours (5 min. = .084 hour) , 0 e- X X F Multiply Line D times Line E — enter , /6 X X G Total of lines C&F — enter c.C.-, 6-7 8- X X H Multiply line G by 1.2 — enter (Total ampere/hours required') 6 . C .;',' X X Use next size battery with capacity greater than required. t Factory Mutual Research requires 90 hour standby with 15 minute alarm period for preaction/deluge systems. Use only batteries FCI Model B-6R (6 AH), B-7R (7 AH), B-15 (15 AH), B-17R (17 AH), B-31 (31 AH), BN-11(11AH), BN-18 (18 AH), BN-25 (25 AH), or BN-34 (34 AH). See Table 3-1 for proper jumper orientation. • I 9000-0176 Page 3-6 ,ff'''oWER/„//� r��" // O IC � t• Model PS-445 PS-605 - ... PS-612 FS-630 . . 6 ... L_PS-632 6 PS-640 - 6v. ...._.- bS-650L_-- •--•• :6.:::4-- 4 PS•665 6 PS-670 8 ....,_ P° 682 6 8.0 1, PS•695 ._ y_695�„ PS 6100 __ 6 100 12,0 PS:6200 6 0 PS-1207_._-_ 12 . <:..._ .. 0.7'.�:_ F5.1212 I 12 1,2 1. PS-1220_ .�- .12 . .2.0 IPS- 1226_..- 12 I PS-1230 12 I �PS-12321 __..12 PS-1242' 12 -- 1 PS1252 . 0S-1270 __ y 12 PS 1282 12 -•-. ' PS-1295- _•--•,.12. ...... PS-121.00 12 (_Ps-12120.• ..a,.12;, ;i__ Ps121201 12• _- - PS-12170 • 12 PS-12260 12 i..'PS_12280_y12_ PS-12330 _ 12 PS-12400 •_• ;,12 ; I PS-12500 12 _PS•12600�, .:. 12:.._ I PS-12800 . 12. Rechargeable Sealed Lead -Acid Batteries Nominal Voltage V 4 Nominal Capacity 20 hr. rate A.H. 4.5 .•..- Discharge Capacity 20 hr, rate - mm mA in. 225 _ -1.953 ,`•:•450 "7 4.p2. : 102 . 1.73 , 44,. 0,5 25 2.24 57.. -14,...,. ---__. .--_s0_....2.00 51 165 42 ..1,2 60 3.82 _ 97 0:94 24 ••-- ':100.., 2 95 75 2,00 2.0 _.- 51_ 3,0 .M 150 5.28 134 1.34 34. 160 2.60 _66., 1.30 _� 33 -2.78 70 1,89 48 5.04.0 20......... . 67 • 2.63.. • 67.. _.... ..._ 250 _ 2.3 _ 6.5 325.....- 3,86 _�96 2,20 ..,, .`~56 6.5 _ 94. 350 5 95 ._ . I. o -- .... 4.65 _ _ 118... 4.26 108 : 2.75 70 _ 94 3.86 500 5.95 6005.54 • ..4.26 108 • •:2:75 :.. , : 70 : 5.54 . 141_ . 4.925 1000 6_18 157 3,27 83 4.92 162 2.42 . 0,98 25'' 2.42' fi0... --3.82 97 1,65 42 2;00 51 .... 2.13 _. 34 2 36 2 130 7.01 178 1,34 34 2.36 60 2.56 _5_23 _.._., _134 � _2_64;... :__ 67_ ' 2 36 ;.�.60:'. • 2.60 .. 6- 195 1 85 47 . 2.76 70 2.95 '1,3-"f.wrrr! • • Length Width mm in. 3 49 2.09 �� *r--- 7•3.0 150 . . 3,�•��160 4.0 -.. -200 .._. 500 9_._._ _ _ .Q._ 8.0 400 9.5 476 10,0 500 T:' 1-ib _,. _ 6or ' 12.0-__. 600850----7-1V._ 181 ...299 78 _._.6. 17.0 - -- .. -26.0 _1300. e_8c... _ 175 _654 • 166 4.92 28.0....:. 1400, •. : 654; • 166. •'4.92 125 ...= 6.89 . . 1650 7.6E1 197 5.19 132 6.38 33.0 "-- - 2000 7.75 197 6.50 165 • 6.69, -. 50.0 ' 2500 9.40 239 5.50) 140 y� _60.0 ,a• 3000 10.25 _ 260 w .6.60 168 80.0 4000 12.00 _ _ 305 , 6.60 __ 168 _ __ 8.20 lLL�1� ICE • • DIMENSIONS ..._. Ht. Over Terminal Height In. mm 3.70 94 in. mm. 3.86 98 `3.70 • 94:'. .-_3.86 1.97 50 _ 1.97 _ 2.2O .- 56 ..... 0.6 r 0,3 ZOO 51 2,13 54 0,6 0 3 2.09 53 2.28 .. 2.35 60 2.56 4 84 ' . 123 4.02 4.02 102^_• -3.78: _..96 . 4.28: d.05 103....... 4.05 3,86 4.65 5.54_ -•y-- 1-- 65 1.5 �127 : 1.5 102 18 109 2.0 -'-103 3.0 50 • 0,7 0.7 0.8 • 0.9 1.4 , - : 98 .3.0...... 1.4 18 • 3,3 1.5 _ys 141 40....2 2 4.6 I 2 1 ;_ 141 125 8.2 3.7 `=„ 62 I 0- g ,35 • 54 Ir 1.3~ 065 65... l 1,9 09 65 i 2.2 1 0 66�2.6 1[; 75 .3.1 I - 1.4. 105 ' 3.8 .... 1.7 ' 108 _. _.. 4.2 1 „' 98 .... 5.7 2,6 f. 118 6,7 3.0 E. 0 _ 140 10.0_ 4.6; 98 9,2 421,. _F• 4.13 3.54 ... :90 2.76- 70, 3.98 101 � ... •3.54 90 2.76 �70 4.02 102 4.25 151 r 2.5fi 65 3.70' • 94 3.86 _.._.3.66 98 ..4 40 �� 112 4.65 118 8.38 213 . - 2 75.. _ i ' 70 _ _ 5 50 .... _ _140... 5.5 d 00 102 3 70 94 3.86 5 95 151 - . 94 3 94 ' 100 9.0 41 5.94 y .151, .....3.86 ' 98 3.70 :: _ 194-.-:.3.94 111.0 8.38 2i3 2.75 _,._.70 ..._- 5 57 167 6.57 167 18 S.Ei• E. 125 4,92 125 18.7 8.5. 175_ 6.89...__ 162-.7.15 182 26.5 12q -._.. 170 6.69 170_._ 30.9 14,G, 208 9.05. 230 36.0' 16.•,J 2089,45 ' 240 . 46.0 .`_ 20.`• 208 9,45 . _ 240 55 0 1 25.iA; FCI TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS BULLETIN D-670/12-93 MS-6 NON -CODED MANUAL FIRE ALARM STATION DESCRIPTION The MS-6 series Manual Fire Alarm Station is a non -code single-action device which maybe used for a variety of emergency signaling applications. The attractive red MS-6 series station is con- structed of rugged aluminum (6065/T5) alloy with a key reset switch for positive authorized resetting action. The station is available either with terminals or wire leads. The wire lead version is also available with double pole contacts. The MS-6DP and MS-6PT stations are equipped with a key operated general alarm switch. On these stations, the act of pulling the actuation door forward exposes a SPST key operated switch which can be used for general alarm or similar applications. OPERATION The model MS-6 station is operated by pulling the actuation door forward which causes the alarm switch to transfer. The actuation door is now lock- ed in the readily observable "alarm" position. In the MS-6DP and MS-6PT models, the key operated general alarm switch is exposed. To reset the MS-6, a key (which is common to FCI controls) must be inserted and turned 1/4 turn clockwise, opening the station. Closing the station resets the alarm switch automatically. APPROVALS U.L. NYC MEA Part No. Model S2465 103-93-E MS-6 : MS-6T MS-6PT * MS-6D MS-6DP* BB-2 FEATURES • Tumbler lock for test and reset keyed alike with FCI controls • Double contact version available • Positive indication of operation over 180° viewing angle • Surface or semi -flush mounting • Shock and vibration resistant • Optional terminal block ORDERING INFORMATION Description Single action fire alarm station, w/wire leads Single action fire alarm station w/terminals Presignal single action fire alarm station w/terminals and SPST general alarm key switch Single action fire alarm station, DPST w/wire leads Presignal single action fire alarm station, DPST w/wire leads and SPST general alarm key switch Surface back box (red) *NYC approval pending 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0098 Fire Control Instruments, Inc. EXISTING WORK • SWITCUBOX ( 1 1/2" MIN. DEPTH ) SPECIFICATIONS MODEL BB-2 SURFACE BACKBOX Material: 6063/T5 aluminum Finish: Body - red elecrostatic epoxy Door - Gear anodize Switch: Type - push button Contact material - silver plated copper Contact ratings - 0.5 amp. max. @ 30 VDC (resistive) Dielectric breakdown - >1000 VRMS Dimensions: Body - 5"H x 3.4' W x 1.5" D Overall - 5"H x 3.4"W x 2.8" D Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0098 2 of 2 FCI TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS FCID-A SERIES ASD-I ANALOG IONIZATION SENSOR DESCRIPTION The FCI Model ASD-I Analog Ionization Sen- sor offers a convenient method of monitoring smoke sensor sensitivity well beyond that of con- ventional units. The sensors are continually monitored to measure any change in their sensitivity due to the environment (dirt, smoke, temperature, humidity, etc.). They can give an advance indication to the FCID-A control panel of the need for maintenance and can be specific as to where the maintenance is needed. If local regulations permit, then selected maintenance may be performed as opposed to having to check the sensitivity of all sensors to assure overall performance when only a few may be dirty. Designed to operate in conjunction with the FCID-A Analog Addressable Fire Alarm control, the ASD-I sensor transmits an analog value repre- sentative of the sensitivity that can be used by the system to determine when maintenance is re- quired. Signal processing for alarm verification is built into the system to provide immunity to false alarms. The sensor is of plug-in construction and is directly interchangeable in the same base with the ASD-P and ATD analog photoelectronic smoke sensor and heat sensor. A wide variety of bases for duct use, with built-in horn, etc., are available. Remote LED annunciator capability is available as an optional accessory. The ASD-I sensor features fully coated circuit boards, special insect and dirt protection and su- perior RF/transient protection. The unit maybe tested from the control panel or functional testing can be performed by applying a test magnet according to the test procedures. „o* FEATURES • Compatible with FCID-A control panel • Easy plug-in of the head to base • Built-in signal processing • Built-in tamper -resistant feature • Remote test feature (from the panel) • Built-in test switch • 360° view angle of dual alarm LED's • Removable insect screen and cover for field cleaning • Sealed against dirt, insects, and back pressure • Insect resistant screening (.025"/0.635 mm openings) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Nominal sensitivity Operating voltage Standby current (sensor) (optional horn ass'y) Alarm current (optional horn) Remote LED current Operating/Instailation temperature Operating humidity Maximum air velocity 1.06 ± .26%/ft. 14.5-28 VDC (peak) 150 uA @ 24 VDC .001 Amp. .015 Amp. .007 Amp. 0° to 49° C (32° to 120° F) 10% to 93% relative humidity 1500 ft/min. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0277/10-91 TAMPER SI01 INSTALLATION Place the sensor into the sensor base. Run the sensor clockwise until the sensor locks into place. To use the tamper -proof feature, break the smaller tab on the base as shown in the installation instructions. Install the sensor. To remove the sen- sor from the base when using the tamper -proof feature, insert the blade of a small screwdriver into the hole on the side of the base and push the plastic lever away from the sensor head. This will allow the sensor to be rotated counterclockwise for removal. NOTE: The decorative ring must be removed in order to remove the head when using the tamper- proof feature. The tamper -proof feature may be defeated per- manently by breaking the plastic lever off the base. TESTING Sensors may be tested locally in the following ways: A. Place a test magnet against the cover opposite the test module socket (See illustration). The sen- sor should go into alarm within 5 seconds. B. Field metering of sensor sensitivity may be performed with the aid of a voltmeter and Thst Kit P/N 119-9010N. For the complete procedure, refer to the Installation and Maintenance Instructions furnished with each sensor. C. Aerosol Generator - The Gemini Model 501 aerosol generator may be used to perform a func- tional test. Follow instructions in the generator manual. WARNING: TO PREVENT SENSOR CON- TAMINATION DURING CONSTRUCTION, SMOKE SENSORS MUST BE PROTECTED FROM DUST AND CONTAMINATION UNTIL AREA IS CLEAN AND DUST FREE. SEE NFPA 72E4-6.1.6 REFER TO N.F.P.A. 72E, "AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTORS" FOR SPACING, LOCATION OF SENSORS AND OTHER GUIDELINES. NECESSEO TEST SWITCH LED rum fn, "SOCKETkE *SSR DIM E TER I RCN WNN SOCKET O M' DiAMEIEN f001 VIEWS SHOWING POSmON OF TEST MAGNET REMOVAL OF COVER AND SCREEN FOR CLEANING MAINTENANCE Cleaning programs should be adapted to the individual environment. We recommend at the least, an annual cleaning of the unit. The sensor screen and cover assembly can be removed, reveal- ing the sensing chamber. A vacuum cleaner can be used to remove dust from the screen, cover and sensing chamber. If further cleaning is required, the unit can be disassembled. For the complete procedure, refer to the Installation and Main- tenance Instructions furnished with each sensor. Part No. 110-31060 112-31B60 110-31A60 130-3115G 1100-38060 Model ASD-I ADB-F B-501 B601BH DH500 ORDERING INFORMATION Description Analog Ionization Sensor Standard plug-in base, flanged, 6.2-inches diameter Plug-in base, 4.1-inches diameter Horn assembly unit (Must use with B-501 or ADB-F) Duct Housing (Use with ASD-I or ASD-P only) 9020-0277 2 FCI TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS FCID-A SERIES ASD-P ANALOG PHOTOELECTRONIC SENSOR DESCRIPTION The FCI Model ASD-P Analog Addressable Photoelectronic Sensor offers a convenient method of monitoring smoke sensor sensitivity well beyond that of conventional units. The sensors are continually monitored to measure any change in their sensitivity due to the environment (dirt, smoke, temperature, humidity, etc.). They can give an advance indication to the FCID -A control panel of the need for maintenance and can be specific as to where the maintenance is needed. If local regulations permit, then selected maintenance may be performed as opposed to having to check the sensitivity of all sensors to assure overall performance when only a few may be dirty. Designed to operate in conjunction with the FCID-A Analog Addressable Fire Alarm control, the ASD-P sensor transmits an analog value repre- sentative of the sensitivity that can be used by the system to determine when maintenance is re- quired. Signal processing for alarm verification is built into the system to provide immunity to false alarms. The sensor is of plug-in construction and is directly interchangeable in the same base with the ASD-I and AID analog ionization and thermal sensors. A wide variety of bases, for duct use, with horn, etc., are available. The sensor maybe tested from the control panel or functional testing can be performed by applying a test magnet according to the test procedures. Remote LED annunciator capability is available as an optional accessory. The unit is also available with a built-in fixed temperature (135° F) thermal detection unit as model 2551TH. FEATURES • Compatible with FCID-A control panel • Easy plug-in of the head to base • Built-in signal processing • Built-in tamper -resistant feature • Remote test feature (from the panel) • Built-in test switch • 360° view angle of dual alarm LED's • Removable insect screen and cover for field cleaning • Sealed against dirt, insects, and back pressure • Insect resistant screening (.025"/0.635 mm openings) • Optional self-contained horn TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Nominal sensitivity 1.63 ± .66% %/ft. Operating voltage 14.5-28 VDC (peak) Standby current (sensor) 150 uA (optional horn ass'y) .001 Amp. Alarm current (optional horn) .015 Amp. Remote LED current Operating/Installation temperature Operating humidity Maximum air velocity .007 Amp. 0° C - 49° C (32° F - 120° F) 10% to 93% relative humidity 3000 ft/min. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0275/10-91 INSTALLATION Place the sensor into the sensor base. Rum the sensor clockwise until the sensor locks into place. To use the tamper -proof feature, break the smaller tab on the base as shown in the installation instructions. Install the sensor. lb remove the sen- sor from the base when using the tamper -proof feature, insert the blade of a small screwdriver into the hole on the side of the base and push the plastic lever away from the detector head. This will allow the sensor to be rotated counterclockwise for removal. NOTE: The decorative ring must be removed in order to remove the head when using the tamper -proof feature. The tamper -proof feature may be defeated per- manently by breaking the plastic lever off the base. TESTING Sensors may be tested locally in the following ways: A. Place a test magnet against the cover directly opposite the test module socket (see illustration). The sensor should go into alarm within 10 seconds. B. Field metering of sensor sensitivity may be performed with the aid of a voltmeter and lest Kit P/N 119-9010N. For the complete procedure, refer to the Installation and Maintenance Instructions furnished with each sensor. C. Aerosol Generator - The Gemini model 501 aerosol generator may be used to perform a func- tional test. Follow instructions in the generator manual. WARNING: TO PREVENT SENSOR CON- TAMINATION DURING CONSTRUCTION, SMOKE SENSORS MUST BE PROTECTED FROM DUST AND CONTAMINATION UNTIL AREA IS CLEAN AND DUST FREE. SEE NFPA 72E4-6.1.6 REFER TO N.F.P.A. 72E, "AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTORS" FOR SPACING, LOCATION OF SENSORS AND OTHER GUIDELINES. TEST UODTAE SOCKE 1ED TED VIEWS SHOWING POSITION OF TEST MAGNET REMOVAL OF COVER AND SCREEN FOR CLEANING MAINTENANCE Cleaning programs should be adapted to the individual environment. We recommend at the least, an annual cleaning of the unit. The sensor screen and cover assembly can be removed, reveal- ing the sensing chamber. A vacuum cleaner can be used to remove dust from the screen, cover and sensing chamber. If further cleaning is required, the unit can be disassembled. For the complete procedure, refer to the Installation and Main- tenance Instructions furnished with each sensor. Part No. 110-3106J 112-3219I 112-31B60 110-31A60 130-3115G 110-38060 Model ASD-P 2551TH ADB-F B-501 B601BH DH500 ORDERING INFORMATION Description Analog Photoelectronic Sensor Analog Photoelectronic Sensor with 135° F thermal unit Standard plug-in base, flanged, 6.2-inches diameter Plug-in base, 4.1-inches diameter Horn assembly (Must use with B-501 or ADB-F) Duct Housing (For use with ASD-I or ASD-P only) 9020-0275 2 FCI TM FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS FCID-A SERIES ATD ANALOG THERMAL SENSOR DESCRIPTION The ATD fixed temperature analog addressable thermal sensor contains a state-of-the-art electronic dual thermistor sensing circuit for fast response. These sensors provide open area protec- tion with 50 foot spacing capability, and are designed for use with the FCID-A Analog Addres- sable Fire Alarm Control. The sensors are continually monitored to measure any change in their sensitivity due to temperature. T\vo LED's on each sensor light upon alarm and provide a local 360° visibility of alarm indication. The LED's flash each time the unit is interrogated. The sensor is of plug-in construction and is directly interchangeable in the same base with the ASD-I and ASD-P intelligent ionization and photoelectronic smoke sensors. The bases include a tamper -proof feature which, when activated, prevents removal of the sensor without the use of a tool. The sensor may be functionally tested by apply- ing a test magnet according to the test procedures. The sensor should be cleaned at least once a year by removing it from its mounting base and using a vacuum cleaner to remove dust from the sensing chamber. Remote LED annunciator capability is available as an optional accessory. ORDERING INFORMATION Part No. Model 114-22020 ATD 112-31B60 ADB-F 1100-31A60 B-501 Sensitivity Operating voltage Standby current Remote LED current Operating/Installation temperature Operating humidity Weight Dimensions Description Analog Thermal Sensor Base, flanged, 6.2" dia. Base, 4.1" dia. FEATURES • Compatible with FCID-A control panel • High coverage (50 foot mounting centers) • Easy plug-in of the head to base • High velocity performance • Built-in signal processing • Built-in tamper -resistant feature • Built-in test switch • 360° view angle of dual alarm LED's • Sealed against back pressure TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS 60° C (140° F) fixed temperature operation 14.5-28 V (peak DC) 150 uA @ 24 VDC, 220 uA maximum .007 Amp. 0° to 38° C (32° to 100° F) 10% to 93% relative humidity 150 gm (5 oz) 1.625" H x 4.1" Dia. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0278/10-91 FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS FCI ANALOG ADDRESSABLE MODULES/SENSORS ANALOG IONIZATION SMOKE SENSOR (ASD-I) The Analog Ionization Smoke Sensor is con- stantly monitored to measure any change in its sensitivity due to the environment (dirt, aging, tem- perature, humidity, etc.) It can give an advance indication to the FCI analog control panel of the need for maintenance and can be specific as to where the maintenance is needed. It can be mounted in a number of different bases. See the Ordering Information for a list of these bases and their descriptions. ANALOG PHOTOELECTRONIC SMOKE SENSOR (ASD-P) The Analog Photoelectronic Smoke Sensor (ASD-P) is constantly monitored to measure any change in its sensitivity due to the environment (dirt, aging, temperature, humidity, etc.) It can give an advance indication to the FCI analog control panel of the need for maintenance and can be specific as to where the maintenance is needed. The unit is also available with a 135° F thermal unit as model 2551T. It can be mounted in a number of different bases. See the Ordering Information for a list of these bases and their descriptions. ANALOG THERMAL SENSOR (ATD, ATD-R*) The Analog Thermal Sensors (ATD, ATD-R*) contain a dual thermistor sensing circuit for fast response. They provide open area protection with 50 foot spacing. The sensors rapid response char- acteristic virtually eliminates the thermal lag which is characteristic of conventional heat detectors and insures operation as soon as the temperature reaches its setpoint (ATD), or upon a temperature rise of 15° F per minute (ATD-R). The ATD series plug into the same bases as the ASD-I and ASD-P sensors with the exception of the DH500duct hous- ing. * FM pending 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0348/04-94 } DUCT HOUSING (DH500) The ASD-I or ASD-P smoke sensors can be mounted inside the DH500 Duct Housing for duct detection applications. The DH500 operates at air velocities of 300 feet per minute to 4000 feet per minute. The housing employs sampling tubes which extend across the duct and allow air to be drawn into the housing. A remote LED and audible sounder are available for remote alarm indication. OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS Operating temperature (Modules, smoke sensors) Operating temperature (Heat, smoke/heat sensors) Relative humidity 32° - 120° F (0° - 49° C) 32° - 100° F (0° - 38° C) 85% (non -condensing) TECHNICAL AND ORDERING INFORMATION Part No. Model Description Supervisory Alarm Current Current 110-31060 ASD-I Analog Ionization smoke sensor .00020 amp. .005 amp. 110-3106J ASD-P Analog Photoelectronic smoke sensor .00020 amp. .005 amp. 112-3219I 2551T Analog Photoelectronic smoke sensor with 135° F thermal unit .00020 amp. .005 amp. 114-22020 ATD Analog Thermal fixed temp. 135° E sensor .00020 amp. .005 amp. 115-91120 ATD-R Analog Thermal combination fixed temp. 135° F. and Rate of Rise sensor .00020 amp. .005 amp. 190-00002 AMM-2 Addressable Monitor Module (N/O devices, Style B only) .001 amp. .013 amp. 190-00003 AMM-4 Addressable Monitor Module (N/O devices, Style D or B) .0014 amp. .026 amp. 190-00010 AOM-2 Addressable Output Module .001 amp. .001 amp. 190-00100 M500X Fault Isolator Module .00025 amp. .00025 amp. 110-31A60 B-501 Plug-in base, 4-inches diameter 112-31B60 ADB-F Plug-in base, flanged, 6.2-inches diameter 130-3115G B601BHt Horn assembly unit (requires B-501 or ADB-F base ordered separately) .0001 amp. .0015 amp. 110-38060 DH500 Duct housing (For use with ASD-I or ASD-P only) .019 amp. .086 amp. tLess base B-501 or ADB-F 2 of 3 9020-0348 Addressable Modules ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE (AMM-4) The Addressable Monitor Module AMM-4 pro- vides an address for a group of UL Listed normally open (N.O.) initiating devices, such as heat detec- tor, projected beam smoke detector, 4-wire smoke detector, waterflow switch, manual station, etc. wired in a Style D (Class A) or Style B (Class B) initiating circuit. J .: b""IUU110Mrot m00.- yp11A� . � ‘‘)§? ADDRESSABLE OUTPUT MODULE (AOM-2) The Addressable Output Module connects to the same loop as the initiating devices and provides a form "C" relay output, notification appliance cir- cuit, or loudspeaker appliance circuit which may be programmed to operate from either a trouble or alarm input from any addressable device. An exter- nal 24 VDC power source or 70.7 volt audio input is required when the module is configured as a notification appliance circuit module, which can be configured as Style Y (Class B) or Style Z (Class A). The module contains an LED which can be latched on by code command from the panel. ADDRESSABLE MONITOR MODULE (AMM-2) The Addressable Monitor Module AMM-2 pro- vides an address for a group of UL Listed normally open (N.O.) initiating devices, such as heat detec- tor, projected beam smoke detector, 4-wire smoke detector, waterflow switch, manual station, etc. wired in a Style B (Class B) initiating circuit. FAULT INDICATOR MODULE (M500X) The optional M500X Fault Indicator Module is used to protect the system against wire -to -wire short circuits on the signaling line circuits. The modules should be spaced between groups of sen- sors in a circuit to protect the rest of the circuit. In the event of a short circuit between any two fault indicator modules, then both modules immediately switch to an open circuit condition and isolate any groups of sensors between them. The remaining units on the circuit will continue to operate in a normal fashion. In a Style 4 circuit, the module is generally used at each 'T-tap" branch. The module has an LED indicator that lights continuously dur- ing a short circuit condition. Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0348 3 of 3 Oa EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Multi -Voltage Control Relays Model PAM-1 Features COMPLETELY ENCAPSULATED 10 AMP RELAY. RELAY MAY BE ENERGIZED BY ONE OF THREE INPUT VOLTAGES. IN CONTAINS A RED LED WHICH ILLUMINATES WHEN RELAY COIL IS ENERGIZED. ill MAY BE MOUNTED BY DOUBLE -SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE, SELF -DRILLING SCREW OR PLACED IN BACK BOX. LI CONVENIENT 6" (150mm) WIRE LEADS FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS. Description The PAM-1 Relay is an encapsulated multi -voltage device providing 10 Amp form C contacts. The relay may be ener- gized by one of three input voltages: 24 VAC, 24 VDC, or 115 VAC. A red LED is provided which, when illuminated, indicates the relay coil is energized. The PAM-1 may be mounted by using the double -sided adhe- sive tape, the self -drilling screw, or loosely placed in a back box. The PAM-1 is ideal for applications where remote relays are required for control or status feedback. They are suitable for use with HVAC, Temperature Control, Fire Alarm, Security, Energy Management, and Lighting Control Systems. Installation Wiring WHT RELAY ENERGIZED LED +) BLK RED //// 115VAC@15mA 24VAC @15mA 24VDC @15mA PAM-1 BLU YEL ORG C N.C. N.O. 10.0 AMP CONTACTS FIRE ALARM ACCESSORIES Ordering Information PAM-1 Single SPDT relay with LED double -sided adhesive tape, mounting screw and 6" (150mm) leads. Specifications Power Requirements: 15 mA per position @ 24 VDC, 24 VAC, 115 VAC Relay: U.L. Recognized SPDT Contact Rating: 10 Amps @ 115 VAC Ambient Temperature: -58°F to 185°F (-50°C to +85°C) Approvals: U.L. Recognized components Dimensions: 1.5" (38.1mm) H x 1" (24.5mm) W x .875" (22.2mm) D with 6" (150mm) wire leads 18 AWG (1.00mm2) f. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 813-756-3278 Fax: 813-751-6384 FARMINGTON, CT. 203-678-0410 Fax: 203-677-1621 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 416-678-6767 Fax: 416-678-2872 1 of 1 Iss. 1 270066 It is our intention to keep the product information current anc accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate; all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. 1992 EST Printed in Canada? FCI FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS BULLETIN S-110/05-94 HE, HM SERIES VISUAL AND AUDIOVISUAL NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES DESCRIPTION The FCI Model HE electronic horn is available for indoor use, either surface mounted on a model BBR box or flush mounted on a standard 4-inch square electrical box. In the HE series, state of the art electronics combined with the durability of a metal housing eliminates the effects of inrush and RFI contact noise associated with electrome- chanical horns. They are also available with strobes to meet the requirements of UL Standard 1971 and the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). The HE features three (3), distinct, field -select- able sounds: "Horn", "Siren" and 'Warble". The Model HM electromechanical horn maybe surface mounted indoors on a model BBR surface box, and is Listed as weatherproof when mounted on the model WBR weatherproof back box. The 24 VDC strobes contain xenon flash tubes and mount directly on the HE horn. Independent strobe units are also available for mounting on a standard 4-inch box or 1-gang electrical box. The strobes are intended for non -sleeping areas/ADA applications, 15/75 cd ('W ), and sleeping areas 110 cd ('S'). The strobes are visible from all sides of the lens. The high impact lens is silkscreened with the word 'FIRE" in red letters, and has a clear front diffuser. The strobes are intended for indoor use only. APPLICATION The horn and horn/strobe feature screw termi- nals to insure proper "in and out" wiring supervi- sion, while the "stand-alone" strobes feature wire leads. FEATURES • Strobes Listed per UL Standard 1971 • High intensity strobe option meets or exceeds ADA requirements • Low operating current • High dB output • 'Horn'; 'Siren"or 'Warble"options • Standard 4-inch square mounting • Low profile or surface mount • Optional strobes equipped with Xenon flash tubes • 'Stand alone"strobes for 1-gang or 4-inch square mounting Operating voltage Operating current Horn output, typical* SPECIFICATIONS HM HE 15/75 cd Strobe = 110 cd Strobe (W)** (S)** 21-30 VDC 21-30 VDC 0.079 amp. .245 amp. 21-30 VDC .038 amp. 96 dBAt Operating Temperature -31° to 150° F Operating Humidity 98% t @ 10 feet 21-30 VDC .020 amp. 92-95 dBAt 32° to 120°F 85% * NOTE: TYPICAL dBA measurements with conventional sound level meters are made in an anechoic chamber and indicate the typical output level in an actual installation. **NOTE: Light intensity levels are defined as CANDELA (Effective candlepower) which is the U.L. measuring criteria per Standard 1638 and is defined as the average light output generated during one flash cycle. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 9020-0244 FIRE CONTROL INSTRUMENTS, Inc. Part No. Model 130-3210F H M S 136-88515 HEF 136-89515 HES 134-3830G 134-3930G ORDERING INFORMATION Description Horn, Electromechanical, Surface, 24 VDC Horn, Electronic, 3-tone, Flush, 24 VDC Horn, Electronic, 3-tone, Surface, 24 VDC HEF/STW Horn, Electronic, HEF/STS Horn, Electronic, 134-3850G HES/STW 134-3950G HES/STS Horn, Electronic, Horn, Electronic, 135-6810E STW/4F Strobe light only, 135-7810E STS/4F Strobe light only, 135-6610E 135-7610E 134-36C 1 G 134-39C4G STW/4S STS/4S STW/1G STS/ l G Strobe light only, Strobe light only, Strobe light only, Strobe light only, 3-tone, Flush, 24 VDC w/15/75 cd Strobe 3-tone, Flush, 24 VDC w/110 cd Strobe 3-tone, Surface, 24 VDC w/15/75 cd Strobe 3-tone, Surface, 24 VDC w/110 cd Strobe 15/75 cd, on 4-inch Flush plate 110 cd, on 4-inch Flush plate 15/75 cd, on 4-inch Surface plate 110 cd, on 4-inch Surface plate 15/75 cd, on 1-gang plate 110 cd, on 1-gang plate Part No. Model 139-3401F WBR 139-3101F BBR 139-1001F APR 139-2501F SPR 139-2901F DPR 139-1201F SFPR ACCESSORIES Description Weatherproof Box, surface, 1/2-inch pipe. (For HM horn only.) Indoor Surface Box Concealed Conduit Plate Single Projector Double Projector Semi -Flush Plate NOTE: All plates, covers, and boxes are painted red. Specifications are provided for information only and are believed to be accurate. However, no responsibility is assumed by Fire Control Instruments, Inc. for their use. Specifications subject to change without notice. 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA. USA 02166-2295 TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 2 of 2 9020-0244 0 FINE COMM. I JSfRUMENTS DESCRIPTION FireVac®III Emergency Alarm loudspeaker noti- fication appliances are U.L. Listed foremergency fire alarm evacuation systems under U.L. Standard 1480. The devices consist of a preassembled 4 or 8-inch speaker with fire retardant and moisture resistant cone with whizzer, 70.7 volt lint transformer and line supervision capacitor installed on a U.L. Listed square or round grille. A variety of U.L. Listed enclosures are also avail- able and must be used with the appropriate speaker/transformer/grille packages in order to corn • - ply with U.L. Listing requirements. The superior performance and high quality of these speaker assem- blies allow there use, when permitted, as background music reproducers in addition to emergency use. SPECIFICATIONS SPEAKER UDT Ceramic magnet 5 oz. Frequency response 400 Hz - 4 kHz, Output (1 W. Input) 94 dB @ 1 mir Voice coil (8 ohm) 3/4-inch dia. TRANSFORMER Primary volts 70.7 VRMS Power Rating (multi -tap) 1/4, 1/2 & 1 wall Insertion loss 1.5 dB Terminations o" color -coded SPEAKER Part No. 136-48931 136-48831 136-49931 136-50931 136-50941 136-50831 Model BULLETIN A-550/12-95 FireVac®m UDT, UHT SERIES LOUDSPEAKER APPLIANCES ORDERINt INFORMATION UDT7C-B-U52-4 UDT7C-B-U162-4 UDT7C-E-US53-4 UH770C-U51-8 UHt70c U61-8 UHT70C-U161-8 ENCLOSURES Part No. 1}r, Model.., , . 136-98902 8E2 136-99830 8E3** 136-98800 Bra ** White enamel finish UHT 10 oz. 50 Hz - 15 kHz. 95dBC1lmtr 1-inch diameter 70.7 VRMS 1/2, 1, 2 and 5 watt multi -tap. 1.5 dB 6" color -coded Size/Shape Finish 4" dia. round, flush Whire enamel 4" square, flush White enamel 4" dia. round, surf. White enamel 8" dia. round White enamel 8" dia. round Brushed aluminum 8" square Whitt cu unel Description Recessed round enclosure Surface square enclosure Recessed square enclosure Size Required Enclosure See Esig. 1 See Fig. 1 See Fig,1 8E2 8E2 8r3, 8E4 11 3/1 dia. x 4 1/4 hobos dccp. 11 5/8 x 115/8 x 4 inches deep. 10 11/16 x 10 11/16 x 3 3/4 inches deep 269 GROVE ST. NEWTON, MA 02166-2295 USA TEL: (617) 965-2010 TELEX: 94-8212 FAX: (617) 965-0659 N0.Lh13N I d 6990 296 LT9Q, 9020 0308 r�:fiT 96/67-L0 Digital Mess/�''�j`ge#.Repeat f Voice Evacuation S ystQrm1 • Digitally Recorded Automatic Voice Evacuation Message Up to 4 Minutes of Message Capacity • Slow Whoop Signal Tone • 25 Watt Bullet -Proof Amplifier Power Supply and Battery Charger Built -In • Live Microphone Override of Message and Tone i. • Analog Addressable Compatibles L._ • High Reliability, No Maintenance ' Fully Supervised • i a" `Attention Please, there has been a report of an emergency... ), • Low Voltage - Easy Installation and Operation LISTED UOXX 6911-1446:100 FILE IS5661 Next Generation Integrated Design The Evax 25 is a breakthrough in alarm technology. The system is a self contained amplifier, microphone, digital message repeater, and supervisory interface. It utilizes microprocessor circuitry for all control and supervisory functions. The system provides for its own continuous internal supervi- sion as well as supervising its speaker lines. The Evax 25 can operate as a stand alone communication system or as a full blown Life Safety Voice Evacuation Alarm when coupled with virtually any Fire Alarm Control Panel. Simple installation makes this an ideal solution for your Life Safety Voice needs. SYSTEMS LLC SOUND SOLUTIONS } (203) 783-1727 • FAX 877-8616 • 132 Pepe's Farm Road, Milford, CT 06460 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL TYPICAL INSTALLATION SIGNAL O CIRCUIT For Life Safety applications connect to UL Listed Fire Alarm Control Panel for automatic alarm and supervisory reporting. 28 VAC 100VA CLASS II TRANSFORMER • • O O O EVAX 25 EOLR Standard Ufe Safety Speakers, strobes connected and powered separately. Standard Message = 15 Seconds: "Attention Please, there has been a report of an emergency. Proceed calmly to the nearest exit and leave the building immediately. Do not use the elevators, use stairwells where necessary. All handicapped occupants shall use the building evacuation plan. BATTERY BACK-UP Natural Sound Voice Recordings - Custom messages/sounds may be created from script, tape or from *.WAV files on PC format disks. Built -In Alarm and Alert Signals Variety of Selectable signaling tones: Slow Whoop (Standard for Fire) Built-in: Horn / HiLo / Chime / Bell / 1000 Hz Alert Tone Available: Code 3 / Temporal Pattern (Morse Code Letter "U") • Ideal for Assembly Occupancies and High -Rise • Built -In Self Diagnostics for Troubleshooting • No Maintenance (except for battery replacement every several years) '♦ Low Voltage Operation, Class II Wiring Installation • High Reliability - No Moving Parts • RS232 Interface for Custom Applications and Engineered Systems. • Up to 4 Minute Message Capacity, and up to 64 Messages. • Tone with Message or Message Only Applications • Message Repeats Field Selectable: No Message / 1 Repeat / 2 / 3 / Continuous • Fully Supervised • Single or Multiple Channel / Multi -Zone and Special Applications • Manual Use or Fully Automatic;. • Remote Microphone Capable • Class "A" or "B" (Style "Z" or "Y") speaker circuit - Power Limited - 25/70V Field Selectable • Simple in Operation and Installation SPECIFICATIONS: Power: 24-32 V AC/DC Current: 1.8 A @ 24VDC in Alarm - 25W Load / 0.18 A on Battery Standby Output: 25W Q 25/70 VRMS Specifications subject to change without notice. Specifications are provided for information only and no responsibility is assumed by Evax Systems, LLC for their use. Snl•A'n SO! l'Tlri A'S Rigdon Communications, Inc. 805 South Orlando Avenue Suite - B Winter Park, Florida 32789 407/740-0366 Fax: 407/628-9908 Submittals for Radison Resort At The Port Cape Canaveral, FL TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY INTELLIGENT ANALOG CONTROL PANEL EST2 Analog Control Panel System Features • SUPPORTS ALL EST SIGNATURE DEVICES • AUTOPROGRAMMING OF SIGNATURE DATA CIRCUITS • CLASS B OR A SIGNATURE DATA CIRCUIT(S), 96 DETECTORS AND 94 MODULES PER CIRCUIT • TWO INTEGRAL CLASS A OR B NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS • ALARM, TROUBLE AND SUPERVISORY CONTACTS • PRIORITIZED STATUS QUEUES FOR ALARM, SUPERVISORY, TROUBLE AND MONITOR INPUTS • 576 EVENT HISTORY LOG • ENHANCED SENSITIVITY REPORTS • OPTIONAL EXPANDER SIGNATURE DATA CIRCUIT • DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED TO ISO 9001 STANDARDS Description The EST2 Fire Alarm System is modular in design allowing systems to be easily configured to match installation re- quirements. With one Signature Data Circuit (SDC) EST2 is capable of supporting 96 detectors and 94 modules and has two built in Notification Appliance Circuits (NAC). The system supports the full line of Signature series detectors and modules. EST2's modular design means the system easily expands to two SDCs and four NACs by adding a single 2-LCX module increasing system capacity to 380 points/zones with four built in Notification Appliance Circuits. The EST2 provides an RS-232 port to facilitate computer, coder and printer interfacing and an RS-485 communication port for supporting remote annunciation. Annunciation of system events are displayed on a back lit LCD with en- hanced diagnostic LED's on the front panel. There is space to add up to 48 additional points/zones of software controlled LED annunciation and switch control on the front panel. Both alpha -numeric LCD and annunciation LEDs are available for remote annunciation and control with the EST 2-LSRA and SAN series of annunciators. EST2 features Auto Programming through the front panel and Custom programming via PC laptop interface. The Auto Program mode will identify all devices on the SDC and automatically assign addresses to each device. Then the auto programming feature automatically links the proper response to the proper input, providing real time savings during installation. Using the advanced Signature family of detectors and modules provides a wide range of installation and operation benefits. Signature Series detectors and modules use Electronic Addressing — no dip switches or dials to set, speeding installation and programming. Multi -function and dual circuit modules reduce wiring costs. Multi -sensor technology eliminates detector application guess -work. Identification of dirty or defective detectors is automatic with EST2. Maintenance scheduling is easy and effective, ensuring that life safety protection is always maintained. In addition to Signatures inherent reduction of false alarms, EST2 allows the adjustment of detector sensitivity at different times of the day. Make detectors more sensitive at times when transient smoke is not likely to occur (night time) and less sensitive at times when transient smoke is likely to occur. EST2 provides "Device Mapping". This allows a laptop computer to show how the Signature Data Circuits are wired. As -built drawings become very easy. ipmawkro-41 TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 C H E S H I R E, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME.207.487-3104 85005-0097 1 of 6 Iss. 1 Application The EST2 design provides application flexibility with installation options that give site specific customization and programming options that help satisfy local as well as national requirements. EST2 provides a choice of power supplies with 4.5 amp and 6.4 amp supplies available. Installation flexibility is provided with a choice of surface or semi -flush mounting wallboxes. EST2 provides optional modules that ensure system customization and flexibility. In applications calling for coded signals, the optional CDR-3 module provides a choice of march time generator or Positive Successive Non - Interfering (PSNI) outputs. CDR-3 outputs are selectable as a coded dry contact or supervised coded 1000Hz audio tone. The march time output provides a continuous march - time beat at 20 or 120 beats per minute. The PSNI output provides up to four rounds of a unique output code for each of up to fifty input conditions. The unique output codes signal emergency response personnel to the location of an alarm. For connection to a Central Monitoring Station the EST2 uses an optional built-in dual line dialer (DACT). The dialer mounts right on the EST2 main board reducing installation and maintenance costs. Multiple communication formats ensure compatibility with most Central Monitoring stations. EST2 provides individual status queues annunciating Alarm, Supervisory, Trouble and Monitor operations. When a device operates the appropriate queue's status LED lights. Operator recognition of the active device type(s) is instantaneous. At the same time a programmed point or zone description displays on the back lit LCD giving specific text information on the active device(s). Review messages simply by selecting local silence, the queue from the front EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax:203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax:519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME.207-487-3104 panel and scrolling. The last 576 events can be reviewed at any time via the enhanced History log. The new enhanced history log contains the complete event message with LIFO protocol (last in first out) insuring the most current events are always logged. EST2 has optional LED/Switch modules that mount right beside the LCD and common control front panel. Annuncia- tion flexibility is further enhanced with a wide variety of remote annunciation including remote LCD annunciators, remote LED annunciators and/or Graphic annunciators. Front panel diagnostic LEDs provide easily understood system status information. Standard software includes the following important features: TIMERS: Programmable timers give flexibility to Signal Silence Inhibit, Reset Inhibit and Power fail trouble contact delay operation. In addition the Notification Appliance Circuits rate is selectable from steady, to Temporal, 120/20 or Temporal/20. DISABLE POINTS: Specific devices on the SDC may be disable through simple front panel controls providing protection from unwanted alarms in areas with high concentrations of contaminates typically found when construction or renovation work is taking place. SENSITIVITY REPORTS: The sensitivity report provides detailed information on individual devices such as threshold level in % of obscuration, amount of environmental compensation remaining, device address and personality type. NO EVENT ACKNOWLEDGE REQUIRED! The operator may review events at any time from any of the event queues after "local Silence". When the operator has finished review- ing events, and activates the Alarm Queue the first alarm will return to the LCD. 85005-0097 2 of 6 Iss. 1 Installation and Mounting 1.3' (3.3 an) 1.e' (457 an) AC Power MUST be run ONLY through the top left or upper left side knockout. 2 b to k FRONT VIEW • 0 0 15'(40.e an) eo' 1152 an) <7.75 (19.7 an) E9.5 (24.19 an) 4Ete'(4o.e4 cm) kFINISHED WALL _ ALL KNOCKOUTS FOR i/2' & 3/4' CONDUIT (1.27 & 1.9 cm) 112 54 an) 1' (.62 an) (2.54 an) Do NOT install conduit In this area. It batteries Installed In cabinet 1.3' (3.3 an 1' (2.54 an) Surface Mounting In to ALL KNOCKOUTS FOR 3/4' CONDUIT A (1.9 cm) Semi -Flush Mounting Do NOT Install conduit In this area (Battery location) H g •I' (4.a an) 4^ 1.0 (2.5 an) EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, M E. 207-487-3104 V 15.375' (41.5 cm) (— 11' (27.9 an) FRONT VIEW 16' (40.6 an) AC Power MUST be run ONLY through the knockout second from the LEFT on the top of the enclosure N FINISHED WALL (SEMI -FLUSH MOUNT) To open door greaterthan 90 degrees, mount panel 1/2" (1.3cm) away from the finished wall 85005-0097 3 of 6 Iss. 1 24 VDC RISER INTEGRITY MONITOR CT EOL RELAY IN J BOX 2 Pr.--c=3. 3RD FLOOR Typical EST2 Panel Wiring Class B Signature Data Circuit STROBE SUPERVISION & CONTROL FIRE DAMPER 2 Pr. — 2 Pr. HORN SUPERVISION & CONTROL 2ND FLOOR 24 VDC RISER—o MIMI NM NM MIMI MIN o EST2 Panel CC1 I CC1 2 Pr. STROBE SUPERVISION & CONTROL MM 1 CRITICAL PROCESS MONITOR NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS SIGNATURE DATA CIRCUIT CIR - W ELEVATOR CAPTURE 2 Pr. 2 MULTIPLEXED CLASS 'B' NOTIFICATION APPLIANCE CIRCUITS WATERFLOW SWITCH SPRINKLER 4-- SUPERVISORY SWITCH EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SA RAS OTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax:519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax:905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 CT CT 2 Pr. All wiring is one pair of appropriately sized conductors unless otherwise noted. LEGEND MANUAL PULL STATION Sp SMOKE DETECTOR WITH RELAY BASE SMOKE DETECTOR WITH ISOLATOR BASE OSMOKE DETECTOR WITH STANDARD BASE OJUNCTION BOX COMBINATION HORN/STROBE I er 1 SIGNAL MODULE I CONTROL RELAY MODULE r, INPUT MODULE I UNIVERSAL INPUT/OUTPUT MODULE n MONITOR MODULE END -OF -LINE RESISTOR Size conductors per application. Refer to EST2 Installation Manual for additional details. 85005-0097 4 of 6 Iss. 1 Ordering Information Catalog Number Description Shipping WT. lb (kg) Fire Alarm Control and Power Supplies 2-MCD Main Control and Display 1.5 (.7) 2-LCX Expander Signature Data Circuit with. two Notification Appliance Circuits 1 (.45) 2-DL2 Two Line Dialer 2-PPS 4.5 Amp power supply 120Vac 2.5 (1.1) 2-PPS/6A 6.4 Amp power supply 220Vac 2-PPS/220 4.5 Amp power supply 220Vac 2-PPS/6A-22 6.4 Amp power supply 220Vac Panel Mounted Annunicator Modules 2-16R 16 Red LEDs 1 (.45) 2-16Y 16 Yellow LEDs 2-16G 16 Green LEDs 2-8RY 8 Red and 8 Yellow LEDs 2-12R4Y 12 Red LEDs and 4 Yellow LEDs 2-16R8S 16 Red LEDs and 8 Two Position Switches 2-16Y8S 16 Yellow LEDs and 8 Two Position Switches 2-8RYS 8 Red LEDs, 8 Yellow LEDs and 8 two Position Switches Wall Boxes 2-WB Semi -Flush Wall Box - Gray finish 8 (3.6) 2-WBR Semi -Flush Wall Box - Red finish 2-WBS Surface Wall Box - Gray finish 2-WBSR Surface Wall Box - Red finish Wall Box Doors 2-WBD Inner and Outer door for 2-WB wall box 8(3.6) 2-WBDR Inner and Outer door for 2-WBR wall box 2-WBDS Inner and Outer door for 2-WBS wall box 2-WBDSR Inner and Outer door for 2-WBSR wall box EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME.207-487-3104 85005-0097 5 of 6 Iss. 1 Specifications Catalog Number 2-PPS 2-PPS/6A 2-PPS-220 2-PPS/6A-220 Agency Listings UL, ULC, CSFM Line Power 120VAC 300 Watts Max., 50/60Hz 220-240VAC 300 Watts Max., 50/60Hz Auxiliary Output Power 500mA Max. N/A 500mA Max. N/A Notification Appliance Power 3.5Amps @ 24Vdc nominal Two 3.2 Amp taps @ 24Vdc nominal 3.5Amps @ 24Vdc nominal Two 3.2 Amp taps 24Vdc nominal Maximum Battery Size 2 of 12V10A - 10 Amp Hours (See Note 1) Catalog Number 2-MCD Signature Data Circuit One circuit supports 96 Detectors, 94 Modules Maximum - 96 Isolator or Relay Bases (Expandable to two Circuits with 2-LCX) Terminal Wire Gauge Notification Circuits 18-12 AWG (0.75 - 2.5 mm2) All other circuits 18-14 AWG (0.75 - 1.5mm2) Relative Humidity 10-93% non condensing Temperature Rating 0°-49°C (32° - 120°F) Wiring Styles Class A or Class B Communication Ports One RS-232, One RS-485 Standard Auxiliary Relays One Alarm Contact - 24Vdc 1 Amp One Trouble Contact - 24Vdc 1 Amp One Supervisory Contact - 24Vdc 1 Amp Note 1: Surface mount EST2 Wall Boxes support up to two 12V17A batteries. For larger batteries use BC-1 or BC-2 battery cabinets. Related Equipment Cat Number Description SIGA-IS Ionization Smoke Detector SIGA-PS Photoelectric Smoke Detector SIGA-PHS 3D Multisensor Detector SIGA-IPHS 4D Multisensor Detector SIGA-HFS Fixed Temperature Heat Detector SIGA-HRS ROR/Fixed Temperature Heat Detector SIGA-DMP Duct Detector Mounting Plate SIGA-DH Duct Smoke Detector Housing SIGA-LED Remote Alarm LED SIGA-CT1 Single Input Module SIGA-CT2 Dual Input Module SIGA-CC1 Single Input Signal Module SIGA-CC2 Dual Input signal Module SIGA-CR Control Relay Module SIGA-MM1 Monitor Module SIGA-WTM Waterflow/Supervisory Module SIGA-278 Double Action Fire Alarm Station SIGA-270 series Single and Two Stage Stations SIGA-UM Universal Module 2-SMK Smoke Power Converter Module 2-CTM City Tie Module EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 Cat Number Description 2-LSRA LCD annunciator 2-LSRA-C LCD annunciator w/ common controls 2-SMDN LCD annunciator SAN mounting 2-SMDN-C LCD annunciator SAN mounting w/ common controls LSRA-232 Printer/programming port for LSRA Series 2-SANCOM Common Controls for SAN annunciator SAN-CPU CPU for SAN annunciator RSA4-COM/D Common control module for 1577 Graphics 1577 Graphic annunciators RSAN-PRT Rack mount 40 column printer PT-1 S Serial desk mount printer RSAN-6 19" Rack mount unit accepts 6 SAN modules and 1 SAN-CPU CDR3 Coder Module IOP-3 RS-232 Isolator Module RPM Reverse Polarity Module MTM-1 March Time Module BC-1 Battery Cabinet - Space for two 12V24A batteries, 24 Amp Hour BC-2 Battery Cabinet - Space for two 12V17A batteries, 17 Amp Hour 85005-0097 6 of 6 Iss. 1 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. 01997 EST Printed in U.S.A. TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY EST2 Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) Two Line Dialer Model DL2 Features a PRIMARY AND SECONDARY TELEPHONE LINE CONNECTIONS a DL2 SEIZES LINE FOR TRANSMISSION - Can eliminate the need for a dedicated phone line o AUTOMATIC VERIFICATION OF COMMUNICA- TIONS BETWEEN FIRE ALARM PANEL AND THE RECEIVING EQUIPMENT EVERY 24 HOURS a TRANSMITS UP TO 32 ALARM ZONES OR ALARM POINTS TO DIGITAL ALARM COMMUNICATOR RECEIVER STATION (DACR) o TRANSMITS COMMON TROUBLE AND SUPERVI- SORY CONDITIONS a DIALER STATUS LED a DIALER ENABLE/DISABLE SWITCH a TWO COMMUNICATION FORMATS 20 PPS 3/2 OR 4/2 FORMAT - ACCEPTED BY VIRTUALLY ALL CENTRAL MONITORING STATIONS o DUAL TONE MULTI FREQUENCY (DTMF) OR PULSE MODES OPERATION DALL PROGRAMMING PASSWORD PROTECTED Description The DL2 is a Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter (DACT) or phone dialer. The DL2 dialer automatically transmits to a Central Monitoring Station control panel off normal conditions including: up to 32 Alarm zones or points and common Supervisory and common Trouble conditions. ,, xi -RJ 11111ftl Operation The DL2 dialer easily programs using any tone dial phone. All dialer programming is password protected. Programming features include: Operation with one or two telephone lines (two lines are required to comply with NFPA 72). - Total number of times the dialer re -dials the Central Moni- toring Station after a failed attempt. - The time interval between re -dial tries in the event of a line trouble or busy signal. - AC power failure notification time delay provided though control panel programming. (NFPA requires a delay of 25% to 50% of the rated Fire Alarm Panel standby power period.) - The dialer easily configures to the communication format required by the Central Monitoring Station (20 pulses per second 3/2 or 4/2 format) Once installed and programmed DL2 sends a supervisory message every 24 hours to the Central Monitoring Station verifying phone line operation and message receipt. The supervisory message can include re -transmission of still valid, previously sent events. Integral enable and disable switch allows disabling of the dialer when service or testing operations warrant. The dialer will re -enable by a second activation of the enable/disable switch or will automatically re -enable itself after 24 hours. A disabled indication is sent to the Central Monitoring Station whenever the DL2 is disabled. When the dialer is re -enabled the control panels current status is sent to the Central Monitoring Station. The DL2 dialer has an on board bicolor status LED that provides a visual indication of dialer function, and status including: - dialer disabled - call in progress - dialer trouble EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY 7 is EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 85005-0087 1 of 2 Iss. 1 Ordering Information Catalog Number Description Shipping Wt. LB. (Kg) DL2 Dialer for EST2 Series of Control Panels 1 (.45) Specification Catalog Number DL2 EST Compatible Control Panels EST2 Series Supervisory Current 10mA Alarm Current 20mA Agency Approvals UL, ULC Communication Format 20 PPS 3/2 or 4/2 Compatible Receivers — Model 685: Alarm Device Manufacturing Co. — Model CP220: Fire Burglary Instruments — Model Quick Alert II: Osborne -Hoffman Inc. — Model D6500: Radionics Inc. — Model 9000: Silent Knight Security Systems Dialer External Wiring YELLOW"!:' -- 10 IMO i BLACK 111 �111 PREMISES PHONES rw*.T.vs PERMITTED SURGE PROTECTOR RING 4 (RED) TP (GREEN) 8 PIN MODULAR CONNECTOR FOR PHONE UNE 81 8 PIN MODULAR CONNECTOR FOR PHONE LINE e2 TO PHONE UNE e2 (WIRED SAME AS PHONE LINE HI) 7 Ft. (213 M) Use J1 when using only one phone eircutt EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 T" INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 THE PHONE KEY PAD IS ONLY FOR MODULE PROGRAMMING. (ROTARY DIAL PHONES WILL NOT WORK). PROGRAMMING PHONE Disconnect Switch Status LED DL2 INSTALLED ON 2-MCM 85005-0087 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. 2 of 2 Iss. 1 © 1997 EST Printed in Canada 2.1.1&i,"Td? INSTALLATION GUIDE A4.0 Battery Calculations Battery Calculation Worksheets 1. Enter the quantity of each module :celled in the "Quantity" column, next to the appropriate -odule description. 2. For each quantity entry, multiply the -clue in the "Quantity" column by the value in the "Stary" column, and enter the value in the'T.tal Standby" column. 3. For each quantity entry, multiply the value in the "Quantity" column by the value in the "Alit.;.' column, and enter the value in the "Total Alarm." column. • 4: Add all values in the "Total Standbycolumn and put the answer in the Total Standby box . 5. Add all values in the "Total Alarm" coiumn and put the answer in the Total Alarm box "B"., 6. Enter the required standby time (hct:.$) in box "C', and the total alarm time (minutes) in the -arm time box "G'. 7. Substitute the values from boxes "pr ;trough "0' in the battery calculation formula, and calc.::aie the minimum batter/ capacity. Description Quantity 2-MCM Main Controller Module WI LCD display & Primary Power Supply Expander Loop Module Frcnt Panel LED Modules Front Panel LED/Switch Modules RPM Module 0L2 Module Device current from wcrksheet on next page Smoke power,.4-wire detectors. Smoke power if SlGA-UMs with P- • Ccdes.13,..1:4, 20 .or 21(2-wire. smoke detectors) on Main. Controller. Mcdule Signature Oata Circuit. . Smoke power if SiGA-UMs with P- Codes 13,14, 20, ct 21(2-wire srrdce detectors) on Expander Loop Mcd;:le Signature Data Circuit.. . Total 4. StGA-l1Ms with P-Codes 13, 14, 20.. or 2t(2 wire smoke detectors) Audible Notification Appi. (mA) Visual Notification Apcf. (mA) Battery Calculation Supervisory Hours Alarm Minutes Standby Total Standby Alarm (mA) (mA) (mA) x 150 I .150 I 275 20 130 x 5 75 x 5 75 20 21 x 10 20 TOTAL Total A:arm o► I Minimum battery capacity, 5.0 Amp-Hc Maximum battery capacity can NCT exceed 24 Amp -Hours! A.12 1 ..7.-:Z/EwS/wAL -°)'• Allof INSTALLATION GUIDE EST2 Signature Series Device Battery Calculation Worksheet Device Type SIGA Series Detectors Device Quantity Standby Current (mA) Total Standby Alarm Current (mA) oZ �,I X I 0.045 11. / 7 I o.045 Total Alarm (mA) S.1G.A - Stations SIGA Two SLiye Pull Stations .25 l55 X I 0.396 0 •Lo 0.68 /_/ 0 SIGA-CC 1 /2 SIGA-CR 2t L X 0.223 If 0.10 9 I X I 0.10 j . 9 L 0.10 7 q SIGA-CT1 SIGA-CT2 SIGA-LED 9 is X 025 5 040 e Ca X 0.396 0 0.68 2.0 X 0.0 SIGA-MM1 X I 0.25 0.40 SIGA-UM, P-Codes 1, 2,3, or 4 X 0.396 0.68 0 SIGA-UM, P-Code 8 SIGA-UM, P-Codes 9, 10,11, 12, 15. or 16 0 QS X I 0.10 X I 0.223 0.10 0.365 '0 SIGA-UM, P-Codes 13, 14, 20, or 21 0 X 0.10 I 0.10 SIGA-WTM TOTALS (Enter in Battery . Calculation Worksheet) 8y X ( 0.396 ?.1 . ' I 0.68 I 1107 x O l 0, o)... o 36(3..-✓1 . Q` ..,,,mot .a-Te ) . '-' f , • t ^.i€ 4 y A.13 .„---., .....-..........'"a7 ..?.••••:-::.^,.......t_ -, ...,k- • . -. - ----,- • - . .. .. • -• . ........, .......... ...... _ _.,,,,, POWER „ // /.517411ffe Rechargeable Sealed Lead -Acid Batteries )1-Adirems SPECIFICATIONS Model Nominal Voltage V Nominal Capacity 0 20 hr. rate A.H. Discharge DIMENSIONS . Weight Capacity 0 20 hr: rate Length Width . I Height I Ht. Over Terninal • mA in. mm in. mm I in. mm 1 in. RUM. lbs. kg. PS-445 4 1 4.5 - • 225 1 ..3-', '..1 49 2.09 53 I 3.70 94 1 3.86 ;a 1.5 • 0.7 PS-490:•••.--.4..i,::••,--. - -----4-•.:?.-1. 9.1r4,-1•• :••••1•‘•: 45a- . . 4......M-; ,iv••••102-.1 T.73., - ',.-...- 44 .: -3.70: 94.: ..1.. 3.86- : %,.,---- ,:,-,-,-.-2...4:- PS-605 *=-`17,-_- 6 I 0.5 25 214 57 I 0.55 14 1.97 50 I 1.97 I . 50 • ._,1-.I.,i, PS7•610, ,'-' -6, .,..--::-..--,:: .1.0: i:". ''.7.-- .. 93i - 2=Da.-: L'"-4!,:':'5V.: :. T - l'.552:•:•:•.......'.:42.. ;.,1•-•:.-.2.00•::-... i,- • 5-b-,-vq. -:.,2211i ,'• , - ***5-,,,';''••••-.C1.8-- .20 ••, .09 PS-612 6 1.2 • 60 3. 3.2 97 0.94 24 2.00 • 51 I 2.13 54 0.6 „..024.'.' 0.3 PS-613'. , - -.* - a7,:-"::'' "I ":':... '• ' Z.CP !tti‘-'•i.•'.-:••: lal ..--- : - 2.....---:::%:,,-,i75-: .-: 2. DOE. :.,- ..: ..,-.-,.,...57r: •;.-.209:-:.7- .ir?L•-...53:-;.;-, - --2.2%...,-1, , : -. ?..t..r..-,1..1 ...,..: 0.5,- PS-626 :, 6 I 3.0 150 5:18 134 1.34 34 I 2.35 60 2.56 :St-- " 55 ' -12Z:i44,-.,.....4.5•:.,_:.: 102 • ef...-/-7-1-Cr`TZ'W 14M - - 1.5 ' 1.8 • 3-.0- 0.7 .... 02-.i... 0.8 • ' • • 1.4 PS,630,- : -• - 6 • :•:-,' -- 3..a .'.:-. -f 15(1-;:,:,$.;.,-e. .. ,7. i".': *.it: 6E0, '••. r 1:30 3‘•-••- rz -. 4.847 ::, '::. : 123-* : &CO. PS-640 6 4.0 200 2.76 70 1.89 48 56 1 4.02 • - 4.05 r• _ 102 I 103 -1 .'1' 4.02 • 4.05 ---. PS-660-.. -':?''f':f.-:-•--f.: ek,-,--7:-,k'!.-- • 6.5 - -t-.;14.,,- 325 -,--.1;i:.-c 325 -95-..e.'.-:151-.-.- ".-98. •-t.3..::--st.:.*W..tti-rtl,g9,71.T219.,T,r-?3, 2.20 PS-665 :'-: 6 6.5 3..36 PS-682- -....- &• --- - - 8.0. 400- • 2.•! :-:-.,=-7'', 1"::- 22Crtti"4.•;',.:. •*:5e.-.,- ,!:,,,,i. Eis-. :143VIS:i-i-'-.er.6-*hi-r-wp7:!..*, 3:3r. PS-695 :.•,-.;.p5-61oa.:kijf.-:.......E.•.::;,-;..-Ifali_:., 6 9.5 475 4.25 108 2.75 70 I 5.54 141 • 5.54 I 141 4.9 --.t.54: 2.2 51 a-S5v..--tst-,15I.Y-;',:.•-2.0a;-•-;,2.•;..5t-:fite-l'a-Ari-il...'6'--'.'1; 94-4?-'.-V.---3.8.-fr-i-- 4.61-.5. r&-•,-.. 211t-0-.' PS-6120 6 I 12.0 600 4.26 108 2.75 70 I 5.54 141 I 5.54 ..98,;7.7t 141 .-. .--;. 5.5 2.5 •• PS,62011:',;":'• e.-"7..r.i--;.&:;-.1•4•4-';;;P:'.... 2134a.,-:-.., ••:7:.:.',-.:.-1000--*•:,..!....i. ills •:.-: ,.:. 7 ':7:157g,.. -;,a2r-..t7::;:-...t.7. EM%- Pf .• 492-e: ',?'.--.,125. 7-f - 4:92.:'. •'..,-- -r4-::t*-i ''.•-• ''." &Z.- . i: 3.74' PS-1207 . 12 . - - I 0.7 - - 35 • 3.78 96.. 0.98 .. 25 . . 2.42 62 I 2.42...1. 62 -.: • • - 0.8 , . 0.35 . .i.- a.% 95 178 -7" , **4.' aZDIrg?--:',....ST.--f. : • "`.2,131. - 2.56 !'''-'5K.,;.: - '`'-!-.'M: -PS-1219 12 1.9 7.31 1.34 34 • 2.36 60 I ' 55 1.9 0.9 . ps4226:..,,•; 7.L:L.:.12',-..:,.'i.;:TE:17,2:L . 3.Crl'7.7". .,,,-- -:.150..7..SEC : *•-."..•....195;•1.,,. ....t.&5,i7.i-. :;.'7. 47'::',-:. '.*: -2,76.-.7.L_ 111.'..': L2.S.-I-..• . 7''--'-,,;,..-.:3'..17,: PS-1230 PS-1242- 12 .: 3.0 `''' ',-.--•,,.'.. 150 .5.23 134 2.64 67 I 2.36 60 I 2.60 I 56 2.6 .7--: .1.4". 1.2 - i . 12. i.-.-9.--1' o.a..- • 20CF-Ii: ,' -'3-5t -1''.'''.90..--- • a75:77:!. %•:-. - 7or.;17.-- 3.9Et*..!:.T?:•:-'10.V'T`' 4.13' • •t: , • 105' '.',..".•• - 3.a. .•.. • t.r:,.,. PS-1250 12 5.0 250 . 5.34 151 2.56 65 3.70 • 94 I 3.89 .1 99 5.0 2.3 PS127r1::". -..j.....121. .7.(1-.:...-*: ';',•:;;.*., 3.%:.:7::. 5.95- : • - . 151' - ... 2.56' ' ,:••••:' 65.c.;:L.,.3.7C1,;.•'.1-.:-.:- 94..- :.11 .3.86., at .. :.5-T, 25-, • PS-1282S PS-12821.; I 12- - - 8.0 ' ' 400 .400,' 3.36 112 4.40 I 98 I 4.65 I 118 „1 4.65 .. I ': 1 8 6.7 ..... I 3.0 : l'• :::,1Z- '7.2-7; :,, EIJI. ...7.:,-7,-. ;:: '. 7.72' • 196.- • 2.20-1 . 1,. : - 56-7' '-'. r . 4665. ": r:." :-/71&".T. .:- , -- . 6.7:".r 10.0 ..-.310, • 4.6 PS-1296 • 12 I I 9.5 . 475 3.38 213 .. 2.75 . 70 5.50 140 .4.6E-- 5.50 i. I'TT: I 740 SS.::::....:::,9.2..,;.k.,..:42:•.,.: PS121Ci0r. PS-12120 an-.7* 12-:''.7` • - 1 (LT 74: kl..',.,)'. 50(rf"4 :":' 5. . !.- 15t . 4.00.-.-.-.-;L;i...I.02...k-41.....3.7' ..-. 94:::' :.,,_ 3.86' PS-12/20t. 12 'It 12.0 600 5.34 151 3.86 98 3.70 94 .-I:_:. 3.86 .. I- 98 8.8 . 4.0 PS-12150 ,•: .:•:''...,:•r. .• tact ..-, 5:.1-.: : sock- :,•:. &at:- .:.. .. 21T. ', ', :,. 2.75•••';'• -.'.f.::'.''...TOE -4--:',5..9i.--.7:37j7fracr.....:7: 5.5CE:- V. 140 'ff.1; -• 1::::11•10ft ' ps_1220.0y.:,. 12 17.0 850 7.13 181 2.99 76 6.57 - 167 6.57 I 167 12.8 ••x• 5.01•• I 5-8 PS-12260 -,..: .20.0? .,:•;.. •.:•-",:700er,ftwEceltiropkvs•.';-!7_75.54FIrotiyaai4•6fli,..*#!'griSaio.ifrk izkv.%.,:irr.,..:4.az....x"..•.:77254-41.7a- . P5-12330-. , 12 'i. - - '-'-•1: I 26.0 1 1300 1 6.39 175 6.54 1 166 4.92 125 4.92 • 125 18.7. ' PS-12400 --. 12 • 33.0. 4 :-. -1650, ••.. ., F. 7.7.--...,:,;.:19r---4-&19;:,,,=.:.F.-.1'3Z.-s•-4...*-• 5.3a4 f:':', I62•=..- 7.16.- 1 1 az-..,:: 26-5.i-. 8.5 pi,..larY.7! ' PS-12600- 12 I 40.0 2000 7.75 197 6.50 165 6.69 170 ,*- 6.69 , 170 .,-, 30.9 PS-12650 : 12 . 60.0 3000. 1$0- •• '''- . 260 Ma; .. . • 16a • 8.20:, - • - 20a - - [:f' '94.5.- *:. 39.1 14.0 ' ..;, PS-12800. 12 65.0 3250 13.50 350 6.54 166 I 6.85 174 6.85 I: ...2471 I 174 ,.. 47.5 ,,18.Ce ? • 12:-- -.; : •-• : . 80.0; ,-:-7 •.•:..400Cc . : 12.011 500 7.08 180 ' : 8.2CE-;!k';,. Li,8 . 2044,2...6,i,a.45ii;k, 195 2440.41i,5CLr,722:1.,-.;; I 9.84 250 I 88.3 21.5 PS-121000 12 100.0 ... 5000 „'v,t;i:.•.3135',.:;-.,ir'&8%-;-7-•-..-7'.161t-.:.;:;. 19.59 40.0 INTELLIGENT ANALOG DEVICES TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Manual Pull Stations Models SIGA-270, SIGA-270P, SIGA-278 Features • TRADITIONAL FAMILIAR APPEARANCE SIGA-270 models feature our familiar "teardrop" design with simple positive pull action and sturdy die-cast metal body. • ONE STAGE (GA), TWO STAGE (PRE -SIGNAL), AND DOUBLE ACTION MODELS SIGA-270 models are available for one or two stage alarm systems. The single stage double action SIGA-278 features a rugged lexan housing with keyed reset mechanism. • BREAK GLASS OPERATION An "up -front" visible glass rod on the SIGA-270 discourages tampering. • INTELLIGENT DEVICE C/W INTEGRAL MICROPROCESSOR All decisions are made at the station allowing lower communication speed while substantially improving control panel response time. Less sensitive to line noise and loop wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required. • NON-VOLATILE MEMORY Permanently stores serial number, type of device, and job number. Automatically updates historic information including hours of operation, last maintenance date, number of alarms and troubles, and time and date of last alarm. • AUTOMATIC DEVICE MAPPING Each station transmits wiring information to the loop controller regarding its location with respect to other devices on the circuit. • ELECTRONIC ADDRESSING Permanently stores programmable address; there are no switches or dials to set. Addresses are downloaded from a PC, or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. • STAND-ALONE OPERATION The station inputs an alarm even if the loop controller's polling interrogation stops. • DIAGNOSTIC LEDS Status leds; flashing GREEN shows normal polling; flashing RED shows alarm state. Intelligent Manual Pull Stations • DESIGNED FOR HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OPERATION Install in ambient temperatures up to 120°F (49°C). • DESIGNED TO ISO 9001 STANDARDS Manufactured to strict international quality standards for highest reliability. Description The SIGA-270 and SIGA-278 series Manual Pull Stations are part of EST's Signature Series system. The SIGA-270 Fire Alarm Manual Pull Stations feature our very familiar "teardrop" shape. They are made from die-cast zinc and finished with red epoxy powder -coat paint complemented by aluminum colored stripes and markings. With positive pull - lever operation, one "pull" on the station handle breaks the glass rod and turns in a positive alarm, ensuring protection plus fool -proof operation. Presignal models (SIGA-270P) are equipped with a general alarm (GA) keyswitch for applications where two stage operation is required. The "up -front" highly visible glass rod discourages tampering. EST's double action single stage SIGA-278 station is a contemporary style manual station made from durable red colored lexan. To initiate an alarm, first lift the upper door marked "LIFT THEN PULL HANDLE", then pull the alarm handle. The integral microprocessor built into each Signature Series station provides four important benefits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519.376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 85001-0279 1 of 4 Iss. 3 Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series manual station constantly runs self -checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self - check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the station's non-volatile memory. This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or by using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The information stored in the station's memory includes: - station serial number, address, and type. - date of manufacture, hours of operation, and last maintenance date. - number of recorded troubles, alarms, and time and date of last alarm. - Up to 24 possible trouble codes which may be used to specifically diagnose faults. Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The loop controller keeps a "map" of the Signature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "As -Built" drawing information showing wire branches (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the "mystery" out of the installation. The preparation of "As -Built" drawings is fast and efficient. Device mapping allows the Signature loop controller to discover: - unexpected additional device addresses. - missing device addresses. -changes to the wiring in the circuit. Stand-alone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the manual station is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the station to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communications fail for more than 4 seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each station will still transmit an alarm if its operating lever is "pulled". Fast Stable Communication - Built-in intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the station and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the station only needs to communicate with the loop controller when it has something new to report. This provides very fast control panel response time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for communication on the circuit. The lower baud rate offers several advantages including: - less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics. - less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable. - less emitted noise from the analog wiring. -twisted or shielded wiring is not required. Diagnostic LEDs - Twin LEDs provide visual indication of normal and alarm conditions. They are visible only when the station is removed from the mounting box. A flashing GREEN led shows normal system polling from the loop controller. A flashing RED led means the station is in alarm state. Both leds on steady shows alarm state - stand-alone mode. Quality and Reliability - EST modules are manufactured in North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity and corrosion resistance. Compatibility Signature Series manual stations are compatible only with EST's Signature Loop Controller. Installation Single -stage Signature Series fire alarm manual pull stations mount to North American 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes. Two stage presignal (270P) models require 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep 4" square boxes with 1-gang covers. The terminals are suited for #14 to #18 AWG (1.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size. EST recommends that these fire alarm stations be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each manual station, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each station has its own unique serial number stored in its "on -board memory". The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the stations can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/ Service Tool. Figure 1. SIGA-278 installation 85001-0279 2of4Iss.3 a Compatible Electrical Box Cover Release Screw Glass Rod Release Lever Figure 2. SIGA-270, SIGC-270F, SIGC-270B installation Compatible Electrical Box Cover Release Screw Figure 3. SIGA-270P, SIGC-270PB installation Typical Wiring The fire alarm station's terminal block accepts #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), and #14 AWG (1.50mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Wiring Notes 1 Refer to Signature Loop Controller manual for maximum wire distance. 2. All wiring is power limited and supervised. REAR VIEW of SIGA-278 Red LED (Alarm/Active) Green LED (Normal) DATA OUT (+)1 �► DATA OUT (-) )y To Next Device Figure 4. Single Stage Systems REAR VIEW of SIGA-270P, SIGC-270PB Red LED (Alorm/Acttve) ( DATA IN (4.)( 1 DATA IN (-) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Green LED (Normal) DATA OUT (+)} DATA OUT (-) To Next Device Figure 5. Two Stage Systems 85001-0279 3of4Iss.3 Warnings & Cautions This device will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. Application The operating characteristics of the fire alarm stations are determined by their sub -type code or "Personality Code". NORMALLY -OPEN ALARM - LATCHING (Pesonality Code 1) is assigned by the factory; no user configuration is required. The device is configured for Class B IDC operation. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop controller when the station's pull lever is operated. The alarm condition is latched at the station. Specifications Table Testing & Maintenance To test (or reset) the station simply open the station and operate the exposed switch. The SIGA-270 series are opened with a tool; the SIGA-278 requires the key which is supplied with that station. The station's automatic self -diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each Signature series device and other pertinent messages. Single devices may be deactivated temporarily, from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the require- ments of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards. Catalog Number SIGA-270 SIGC-270F SIGC-270B SIGA-270P SIGC-270PB SIGA-278 Description Single Action - One Stage Single Action -Two Stage (Presignal) Double Action - One Stage Addressing Requirements Uses 1 Module Address Uses 2 Module Addresses Uses 1 Module Address Operating Current Standby = 250pA Activated = 400pA Standby = 396pA Activated = 680pA Standby = 250pA Activated = 400pA Construction & Finish Diecast Zinc - Red Epoxy w/Aluminum markings Lexan - Red w/White markings Type Code Factory Set Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Storage and Operating Environment Environment Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm Both LEDs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) Compatibility Use With: Signature Loop Controller Agency Listings UL, ULC (note 1) Note 1: SIGC-270F, SIGC-270B and SIGC-270PB are ULC listed only. Suffix "F" indicates French markings. Suffix "B" indicates English/French bilingual markings. Ordering Information Table Catalog Number Description Carton Dims - inches (mm) Ship Wt. lbs (kg) SIGA-270 One Stage Fire Alarm Station, English Markings - UUULC Listed 5 (127)w x 3.6 (91)h x 5 (127)d 1 (.5) SIGC-270F One Stage Fire Alarm Station, French Markings - ULC Listed SIGC-270B One Stage Fire Alarm Station, French/English Markings - ULC Listed SIGA-270P Two Stage (Presignal) Fire Alarm Station, English Markings - UUULC Listed SIGC-270PB Two Stage (Presignal) Fire Alarm Station, French/English Markings - ULC Listed SIGA-278 Double Action (One Stage) Fire Alarm Station, English Markings - UUULC Listed ACCESSORIES 32997 GA Key w/Tag - for pre -signal station (CANADA ONLY) n/a .1 (.05) 276-K2 GA Key - for pre -signal station (USA ONLY) 27165 12 Glass Rods - for SIGA-270 series (CANADA ONLY) 270-GLR 20 Glass Rods - for SIGA-270 series (USA ONLY) 276-GLR 20 Glass Rods - for SIGA-278 series 27193-11 Surface Mount Box, Red - for SIGA-270 series only 3 (76)w x 4.75 (121)h x 2.5 (64)d 1 (.6) 276B-RSB Surface Mount Box, Red - for SIGA-278 only 85001-0279 4 of 4 Iss. 3 h is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. ®1996 EST Printed in U.S.A. TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY INTELLIGENT ANALOG DEVICES Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector Model SIGA-PS Features • INTEGRAL MICROPROCESSOR • NON-VOLATILE MEMORY • AUTOMATIC DEVICE MAPPING • ELECTRONIC ADDRESSING • ENVIRONMENTAL COMPENSATION • INTELLIGENT DETECTOR • WIDE 0.67% TO 3.77%/FT. SENSITIVITY RANGE • PRE -ALARM SENSITIVITY SETTING • IDENTIFICATION OF DIRTY OR DEFECTIVE DETECTORS • AUTOMATIC DAY/NIGHT SENSITIVITY ADJUSTMENT • TWIN RED/GREEN STATUS LEDS • STANDARD, RELAY, and FAULT ISOLATOR MOUNTING BASES • DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED TO ISO 9001 STANDARDS Description EST's Signature Series Model SIGA-PS Intelligent Photoelec- tric Smoke Detector gathers analog information from its smoke sensing element and converts it into digital signals. The detector's on -board microprocessor measures and analyzes these signals. It compares the information to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital filters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires. Unwanted alarms are nearly eliminated. The microprocessor in each detector provides four additional benefits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series detector constantly runs self -checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the detector's non-volatile memory. This information is accessi- ble for review any time at the control panel, PC, or by using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The information stored in the detector's memory includes: - detector type, serial number, and address. - date of manufacture, hours of operation, and last maintenance date. Intelligent Photoelectric Smoke Detector, SIGA-PS -current detector sensitivity values and the extent of environmental compensation. - original detector sensitivity values upon manufacturing. - number of recorded alarms and troubles. - time and date of last alarm. - analog signal patterns just before the last alarm. - Up to 32 possible trouble codes which may be used to specifically diagnose faults. In the unlikely event that an unwanted alarm does take place, the history file can be called up to help isolate the problem and prevent it from happening again. Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The "mapping" feature provides supervision of each device's installed location to prevent a detector from being reinstalled (after cleaning etc.) in a different location from where it was originally. The history log for the detector at its original location remains relevant and intact. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "as -built" drawing information showing wire branches (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the "mystery" out of the installation. The preparation of "as -built" drawings is fast and efficient. Device mapping allows the Signature loop controller to discover: - unexpected additional device addresses. - missing device addresses. -changes to the wiring in the circuit. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Mil TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 C H E S H I R E, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 85001-0269 1 of 4 Iss. 2 Stand-alone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the detector is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the detector to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communications fail for more than 4 seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each detec- tor on the circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its surroundings. The detector alarms if the preset smoke obscuration level is reached. If the detector is mounted to a relay base, the relay operates. Fast Stable Communication - On -board intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the detector and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the detector only needs to communicate with the loop controller when it has something new to report. This provides very fast response time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for communication on the loop. The lower baud rate offers several advantages including: - less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics. - less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable. - less emitted noise from the analog wiring. -twisted or shielded wiring is not required. Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each detector, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each detector has its own unique serial number stored in its "on -board memory". The loop controller identi- fies each device on the circuit and assigns a "soft" address to that device's serial number. If desired, detectors can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. . Environmental Compensation - Detection sensitivity is almost independent of its installed environment and its physical condition. Environmental compensation means the sensing element adapts to long-term changes caused by dirt, humidity, aging etc. It even compensates for small amounts of normal ambient smoke. Approximately six times an hour the detector adjusts and updates the sensitivity (% obscuration) baseline for its sensing element. Approxi- mately once every hour this information is written to its permanent memory. The detector's "learned" baseline is not lost, even when the detector is removed for cleaning. The detector's sensitivity setting selected by the installer floats up or down to remain constant relative to the changing baseline. This is called differential sensing. Sensitivity Range - The SIGA-PS Photoelectric Detector has a sensitivity range or window of 0.67% to 3.77%. The installer selects the detector's ALARM sensitivity level from five available settings within the range. Pre -Alarm - Pre -alarm warnings may alert local staff to a possible fire condition allowing them to investigate before entering into a full alarm condition which requires building evacuation. The wide sensitivity range permits the use of early warning pre -alarm values. The pre -alarm value is 75% of the alarm setting. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax:203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax:519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 Automatic Day/Night Sensitivity Selection - Signature Series detectors may be programmed for different sensitivi- ties during day and night periods. This allows the detector to be more sensitive during unoccupied periods when lower ambient background conditions are expected. Stability - The SIGA-PS detector's sensitivity remains stable in wind velocities up to 5,000 ft/min (25.3 m/sec). Ambient temperature has very little affect on the detector. The detector may be installed in rooms with ambient tempera- tures up to 120°F (49°C). Status LEDs - Twin LEDs are visible from any direction. A flashing GREEN led shows normal system polling from the loop controller. A flashing RED led means the detector is in alarm state. Both leds on steady shows alarm state - stand- alone mode. Normal green led activity is not distracting to building occupants, but can be quickly spotted by a mainte- nance technician. Quality and Reliability - EST detectors are manufactured in North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity and corrosion resistance. All critical contacts are gold plated. Installation Signature Series detectors mount to North American 1-gang boxes, 3-1/2" or 4" octagon boxes, and to 4" square electrical boxes 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep. They mount to European BESA and 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. 10.8' (20 mm) 2.0' (51 mm) 4.4'(112mm) Testing & Maintenance Each detector automatically identifies when it is dirty or defective and causes a "dirty detector" message. The detector's sensitivity measurement can also be transmitted to the loop controller. A sensitivity report can be printed to satisfy NFPA sensitivity measurements which must be conducted at the end of the first year and every two years thereafter. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each detector and other pertinent messages. Single detectors may be turned off temporarily from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regu- lar or Selected) for proper detector operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ ULC 536 standards. Compatibility The SIGA-PS detectors are compatible only with EST's Signature Loop Controller. 85001-0269 2 of 4 Iss. 2 I Application Although photoelectric detectors have a wide range of fire sensing capabilities they are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires. The table below shows six standard test fires used to rate the sensitivity of smoke and heat detectors. The table indicates that no single sensing element is suited for all test fires. EST recommends that this detector be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Test Fire t Type of Detector SIGA-IS Ion SIGA-PS Photo SIGA-HRS and SIGA-HFS Rate -of -Rise/Fixed Temp. SIGA-PHS Photo/Heat 3D SIGA-IPHS Ion/Photo/Heat 4D Open Wood optimum unsuitable optimum very suitable optimum Wood Pyrolysis suitable optimum unsuitable optimum optimum Smouldering Cotton very suitable optimum unsuitable optimum optimum Poly Urethane Foam very suitable very suitable suitable very suitable optimum n-Heptane optimum very suitable very suitable optimum optimum Liquid Fire without Smoke unsuitable unsuitable optimum very suitable very suitable Typical Wiring The detector mounting bases accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), and #14 AWG (1.5mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Standard Detector Base, SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 DATA IN (-) DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Max. Resistance per Wire Must NOT Exceed 100 Term 1 2 3 4 4 5 6 7 Description Not Used DATA IN/OUT (+) Not Used DATA IN (-) Remote LED (-) Remote LED (+) Not Used DATA OUT (-) DATA OUT (-) DATA OUT (+) To Next Device Isolator Detector Base, SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 DATA IN (- DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Term 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Description Not Used DATA IN/OUT (+) DATA IN (-) Not Used Not Used DATA OUT (-) Not Used DATA OUT (-) DATA OUT (+) To Next Device Warnings & Cautions This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 Common DATA IN (-) DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Relay Detector Base, SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Normally- Normally - Closed Open Tamper -Resist Lever Arm - Break off to disable - (Located on Base) Access Slot for Tamper -Resist Mechanism Term Description 1 Normally -Closed 2 DATA IN/OUT(+) 3 Common 4 DATA IN (-) 5 Not Used 6 Normally -Open 7 DATAOUT(-) CONTACT RATING 1.0 Amp @ 30 VDC (Pilot Duty) DATA OUT (-) DATA OUT (+) To Next Device This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where smoke cannot reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it. 85001-0269 3 of 4 iss. 2 Accessories All detector mounting bases have wiring terminals that are accessible from the "room -side" after mounting the base to the electrical box. The bases mount to North American 1-gang boxes and to 3-1/2" or 4" octagon boxes, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep. They also mount to European BESA and 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. The SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4, and SIGA-IB4 mount to North American 4" sq. electrical boxes in addition to the above boxes. They include the SIGA-TS Trim Skirt which is used to cover the "mounting ears" on the base. Removing a detector from its base (except isolator base) does not affect other devices operating on the same circuit. Standard Base SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 - This is the basic mounting base for EST Signature Series detectors. The SIGA-LED Remote LED is supported by the Standard Base. Relay Base SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 - This base includes a relay. Normally open or closed operation is selected during installation. The dry contact is rated for 1 amp @ 30 Vdc (pilot duty). The relay's position is supervised to avoid accidentally jarring it out of position. The relay base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED. The relay is controlled by the detector and operates as follows: - at system power -up or reset, the relay is de -energized. - when a detector is installed in the base with the power on, the relay energizes for 4 seconds, then de -energizes. - when a detector is removed from a base with the power on, the relay is de -energized. - when the detector enters the alarm state, the relay is energized. Isolator Base SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 - This base includes a built-in line fault isolator. A detector must be installed for it to operate. The integral isolator relay is controlled by the detector or the loop controller. A maximum of 96 isolator bases can be installed on one circuit. The isolator base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED. The isolator operates as follows: - a short on the line causes all isolators to open within 23 msec. - at 10 msec intervals, beginning nearest the loop controller, the isolators dose to provide the next isolator down the line with power. - when the isolator next to the short closes, it reopens within 10msec. In Class A operation, the process repeats beginning on the other side of the loop controller. Ordering Information Table Remote LED SIGA-LED - The remote LED connects to the SIGA-SB or SIGA-SB4 Standard Base only. It features a North American size 1-gang plastic faceplate with a white finish and red alarm LED. SIGA-TS Trim Skirt - Supplied with 4" bases, it can also be ordered separately to use with the other bases to help hide surface imperfections not covered by the smaller bases. Specifications Table Catalog Number SIGA-PS Sensing Element Photoelectric - Light Scattering Principle Storage and Operating Environment Air Velocity Range: 0 to 5,000 ft/min (0 to 25.39 m/s) Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°Cto 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH, Non -Condensing Sensitivity Range ULI/ULC - 0.67% to 3.77% obscuration/foot User Selected Alarm Sensitivity Settings Most Sensitive: 1.0%/ft. More Sensitive: 2.0%/ft. Normal: 2.5%/ft. Less Sensitive: 3.0%/ft. Least Sensitive: 3.5%/ft. Pre -alarm Sensitivity 75% of Alarm Sensitivity Setting Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Operating Current Quiescent: 45pA @ 19 V Alarm: 45pA 0 19 V Emergency Stand-alone Alarm Mode: 18mA Pulse Current: 100 pA (100 msec) During Communication: 9 mA maximum Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer - White I Compatible Mounting Bases SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Standard Base, SIGA-RB, I SIGA-RB4 Relay Base, SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Isolator Base LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm Both LEDs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) , Compatible Remote Red LED (model SIGA-LED) Flashes when in alarm Compatibility Use With: SIGNATURE Loop Controller Address Requirements Agency Listings Uses 1 Device Address UL, ULC Catalog Number Description Carton Dime. inches (mm) ShipWt. Ibs(kg) SIGA-PS Intelligent Photoelectric Detector - UL/ULC Listed 5 (127)w x 3.6 (91)h x 5 (127)d .5 (.23) Accessories SIGA-SB Detector Mounting Base - Standard 6 (152)w x 1 (25)h x 6 (152)d .2 (.09) 1 SIGA-SB4 4" Detector Mounting base c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-RB Detector Mounting Base w/Relay SIGA-RB4 4" Detector Mounting Base w/Relay c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-IB Detector Mounting Base w/Fault Isolator SIGA-IB4 4" Detector Mounting Base w/ Fault Isolator c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-LED Remote Alarm LED 3.8 (97)w x 2.8 (71)h x 6 (152)d .2(.09) SIGA-TS Trim Skirt (supplied with 4" bases) 6 (152)w x 1 (25)h x 6 (152)d .1 (.04) EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 C H E S H I R E, CT. 203.699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax:905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 85001-0269 4 of 4 Iss. 2 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. 01996 EST Printed in U.S.A. TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY INTELLIGENT ANALOG DEVICES ilffs,..17AGIA7,17/1TE Intelligent Heat Detectors Models SIGA-HFS & SIGA-HRS Features n 70 FOOT (21.3 METER) SPACING ▪ 15°F (9°C)/MIN RATE-OF-RISE/135°F (57°C) FT. AND 135°F (57°C) FIXED TEMPERATURE TYPE D INTELLIGENT DETECTOR c/w INTEGRAL MICROPROCESSOR D NON-VOLATILE MEMORY ▪ AUTOMATIC DEVICE MAPPING ▪ ELECTRONIC ADDRESSING o IDENTIFICATION OF DEFECTIVE DETECTORS o TWIN RED/GREEN STATUS LEDS D STANDARD, RELAY, and FAULT ISOLATOR MOUNTING BASES o DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED TO ISO 9001 STANDARDS Description EST's Signature Series Model SIGA-HFS and SIGA-HRS Intelligent Heat Detectors, gather analog information from their fixed temperature and/or rate -of -rise heat sensing elements and converts it into digital signals. The detector's on -board microprocessor measures and analyzes these signals. It compares the information to historical readings and time patterns to make an alarm decision. Digital filters remove signal patterns that are not typical of fires. Unwanted alarms are nearly eliminated. The microprocessor in each detector provides four additional benefits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series detector constantly runs self -checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the detector's non-volatile memory. This information is accessi- ble for review any time at the control panel, PC, or by using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The information stored in the detector's memory includes: -detector type, serial number, and address. - date of manufacture, hours of operation, and last maintenance date. -current detector (ambient) temperature values. - number of recorded alarms and troubles. Intelligent Fixed -Temperature Heat Detector, SIGA-HFS Intelligent Fixed-Temp./R-O-R Heat Detector, SIGA-HRS -time and date of last alarm. -analog signal patterns just before the last alarm. - Up to 32 possible trouble codes which may be used to specifically diagnose faults. In the unlikely event that an unwanted alarm does take place, the history file can be called up to help isolate the problem and prevent it from happening again. Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. This "mapping" feature provides supervision of each device's installed location to prevent a detector from being reinstalled (after cleaning etc.) in a different location from where it was originally. The history log for the detector at its original location remains relevant and intact. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "as -built" drawing information showing wire branches (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the "mystery" out of the installation. The preparation of "as -built" drawings is fast and efficient. Device mapping allows the Signature loop controller to discover: - unexpected additional device addresses. - missing device addresses. -changes to the wiring in the circuit. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY J /A EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 85001-0243 1 of 4 Iss. 2 Stand-alone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the detector is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the detector to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communications fail for more than 4 seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each detector on the circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its surroundings. Both the SIGA-HRS and SIGA-HFS detectors alarm if the ambient temperature increases to 135°F (57°C) or for the SIGA-HRS only, the temperature increases at a rate exceeding 15°F (9°C)/minute. If the detector is mounted to a relay base, the relay operates. Fast Stable Communication - On -board intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the detector and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the detector only needs to communicate with the control panel when it has something new to report. This provides very fast control panel response time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for communication on the circuit. The lower baud rate offers several advantages including: - less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics. - less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable. - less emitted noise from the analog wiring. -twisted or shielded wiring is not required. Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each detector, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each detector has its own unique serial number stored in its "on -board memory". The loop controller identifies each device on the circuit and assigns a "soft" address to that device's serial number. If desired, detectors can be ad- dressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. Installation Spacing - The SIGA-HFS (fixed temperature) and the SIGA-HRS (fixed temperature/rate-of-rise combina- tion) intelligent heat detectors are rated for installation at up to 70 foot (21.3 meter) spacing. These detectors may be installed in rooms with ambient temperatures up to 100°F (38°C). Status LEDs - Twin LEDs are visible from any direction. A flashing GREEN led shows normal system polling from the loop controller. A flashing RED led means the detector is in alarm state. Both leds on steady shows alarm state - stand- alone mode. Normal green led activity is not distracting to building occupants, but can be quickly spotted by a mainte- nance technician. Quality and Reliability - EST detectors are manufactured in North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity and corrosion resistance. All critical con- tacts are gold plated. Compatibility The SIGA-HFS and SIGA-HRS detectors are compatible only with EST's Signature Loop Controller. .7,,,,,g7a/mirri Specifications Table Catalog Number SIGA-HFS SIGA-HRS i Heat Sensing Element Fixed Temperature Combination Fixed Temp- I eratu re/Rate-of-Rise Alarm Point Alarms at 135°F (57°C) Ambient Alarms at 135°F (57°C) Ambient or ' temp. increase exceeding 15°F (9°C) ' per minute Detector Spacing 70 feet (21.3 meter) center to center spacing Storage and Operating Environment Operating Temperature: 32°F to 100°F (0°C to38°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°Cto 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH, Non -Condensing Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Operating Current Quiescent: 45pA @ 19 V Alarm: 45pA @ 19 V Emergency Stand-alone Alarm Mode: 18mA Pulse Current: 100 pA (100 msec) During Communication: 9 mA maximum Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer - White Compatible Mounting Bases SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 Standard Base, SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Relay Base, SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 Isolator Base LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm Both LEDs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) Compatible Remote Red led (model SIGA-LED) i Flashes when in alarm Compatibility Use With: SIGNATURE Loop Controller Address Requirements Uses 1 Device Address Agency Listings UL, ULC Installation Signature Series detectors mount to North American 1-gang boxes, 3-1/2" or 4" octagon boxes, and to 4" square electrical boxes 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep. They mount to European BESA and 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. 10.8" (20 mm) 2.0" (51 mm) 4.4"(112mm) Testing & Maintenance Each detector automatically identifies when it is defective and the user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each detector and other pertinent messages. Single detectors may be turned off temporarily, from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper detector operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ ULC 536 standards. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 85001-0243 2 of 4 Iss. 2 Application The table below shows six standard test fires used to rate EST recommends that this detector be installed according to the sensitivity of smoke and heat detectors. The table latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm indicates that no single sensing element is suited for all test codes. fires. Test Fire Type of Detector ,A.A SIGA-IS Ion SIGA-PS Photo SIGA-HRS and SIGA-HFS Rate -of- Rise/Fixed Temp. SIGA-PHS Photo/Heat 3D SIGA-IPHS Ion/Photo/Heat 4D Open Wood optimum unsuitable optimum very suitable optimum Wood Pyrolysis suitable optimum unsuitable optimum optimum Smouldering Cotton very suitable optimum unsuitable optimum optimum Poly Urethane Foam very suitable very suitable suitable very suitable optimum n-Heptane optimum very suitable very suitable optimum optimum Liquid Fire without Smoke unsuitable unsuitable optimum very suitable very suitable Typical Wiring The detector mounting bases will accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), and #14 AWG (1.5mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Standard Detector Base, SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 DATA IN (-) DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Max. Resistance per Wire Must NOT Exceed 1052 Term Description 1 Not Used 2 DATA IN/OUT (+) 3 Not Used 4 DATA IN (-) 4 Remote LED (-) 5 Remote LED (+) 6 Not Used 7 DATA OUT (-) DATA OUT (-) DATA OUT (+) To Next Device Isolator Detector Base, SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device EDWARDS SYSTE S TECHNOLOGY Term Description 1 Not Used 2 DATA IN/OUT (+) 3 DATA IN (-) 4 Not Used 5 Not Used 6 DATA OUT (-) 7 Not Used DATA OUT (+) To Next Device Common DATA IN (-) DATA IN (+) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Relay Detector Base, SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 Normally- Normally - Closed Open Tamper -Resist Lever Arm - Break off to disable - (Located on Base) Access Slot for Tamper -Resist Mechanism EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 Term Description 1 Normally -Closed 2 DATA IN/OUT (+) 3 Common 4 DATA IN (-) 5 Not Used 6 Normally -Open 7 DATA OUT (-) CONTACT RATING 1.0 Amp @ 30 VDC (Pilot Duty) DATA OUT (-) DATA OUT (+) To Next Device 85001-0243 3 of 4 Iss. 2 Accessories All detector mounting bases have wiring terminals that are accessible from the "room -side" after mounting the base to the electrical box. The bases mount to North American 1-gang boxes and to 3-1/2" or 4" octagon boxes, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep. They also mount to European BESA and 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers. The SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4, and SIGA-IB4 mount to North American 4" sq. electrical boxes in addition to the above boxes. They include the SIGA-TS Trim Skirt which is used to cover the "mounting ears" on the base. Removing a detector from its base (except isolator base) does not affect other devices operating on the same circuit. Standard Base SIGA-SB, SIGA-SB4 - This is the basic mounting base for EST Signature Series detectors. The SIGA-LED Remote LED is supported by the Standard Base. Relay Base SIGA-RB, SIGA-RB4 - This base includes a relay. Normally open or closed operation is selected during installation. The dry contact is rated for 1 amp @ 30 Vdc (pilot duty). The relay's position is supervised to avoid accidentally jarring it out of position. The relay base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED. The relay is controlled by the detector and operates as follows: - at system power -up or reset, the relay is de -energized. - when a detector is installed in the base with the power on, the relay energizes for 4 seconds, then de -energizes. - when a detector is removed from a base with the power on, the relay is de -energized. - when the detector enters the alarm state, the relay is energized. Isolator Base SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4 - This base includes a built-in line fault isolator. A detector must be installed for it to operate. The integral isolator relay is controlled by the detector or the loop controller. A maximum of 96 isolator bases can be installed on one circuit. The isolator base does not support the SIGA-LED Remote LED. The isolator operates as follows: - a short on the line causes all isolators to open within 23 msec. - at 10 msec intervals, beginning nearest the loop controller, the isolators close to provide the next isolator down the line with power. - when the isolator next to the short closes, it reopens within 10 msec. In Class A operation, the process repeats beginning on the other side of the loop controller. Ordering Information Table SIGA-SB Standard Base SIGA-l8 Isolator Base SIGA-RB Relay Base SIGA-LED Remote LED Remote LED SIGA-LED - The remote LED connects to the SIGA-SB or SIGA-SB4 Standard Base only. It features a North American size 1-gang plastic faceplate with a white finish and red alarm LED. Trim Skirt SIGA-TS - Supplied with 4" bases, it can also be ordered separately to use with the other bases to help hide. surface imperfections not covered by the smaller bases. Warnings & Cautions This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist. This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where. heat cannot reach the detector. Heat from fires in walls, roofs, or on the opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it. The heat sensor in this device only provides a source of information to supplement the information provided by photoelectric or ionization smoke detectors which may be located nearby. The heat detector by itself does NOT provide life safety protection. Under no circumstances should heat detectors be relied on as the sole means of fire protection. Catalog Number Description Carton Dims. inches (mm) Ship Wt. lbs (kg) SIGA-HFS Intelligent Fixed Temperature Heat Detector - UUULC Listed 5 (127)w x 3.6 (91)h x 5 (127)d .5 (.23) SIGA-HRS Intelligent Fixed Temperature/Rate-of-Rise Heat Detector - UUULC Listed Accessories SIGA-SB Detector Mounting Base 6 (152)w x 1 (25)h x 6 (152)d .2 (.09) SIGA-SB4 4" Detector Mounting Base c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-RB Detector Mounting Base w/Relay SIGA-RB4 4" Detector Mounting Base /w Relay c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-IB Detector Mounting Base w/Fault Isolator SIGA-IB4 4" Detector Mounting Base w/ Fault Isolator c/w SIGA-TS Trim Skirt SIGA-LED Remote Alarm LED 3.8 (97)w x 2.8 (71)h x 6 (152)d .2 (.09) SIGA-TS Trim Skirt (supplied with 4" bases) 6 (152)w x 1 (25)h x 6 (152)d .1 (.04) ama:mgcbc=flal EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY' EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 7471 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 85001-0243 4 of 4 Iss. 2 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. © 1996 EST Printed in Canada TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY INTELLIGENT ANALOG DEVICES Input Modules Models SIGA-CT1 & SIGA-CT2 Features • MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS Including Alarm, Alarm with delayed latching (retard) for waterflow applications, Supervisory, and Monitor. The installer selects one of four (4) "personality codes" to be downloaded to the module through the loop controller. • NON-VOLATILE MEMORY Permanently stores serial number, type of device, and job number. Automatically updates historic information including hours of operation, last maintenance date, number of alarms and troubles, and time and date of last alarm. • AUTOMATIC DEVICE MAPPING Each module transmits wiring information to the loop controller regarding its location with respect to other devices on the circuit. • ELECTRONIC ADDRESSING Permanently stores programmable address; there are no switches or dials to set. Addresses are downloaded from a PC, or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. • INTELLIGENT MODULE c/w INTEGRAL MICROPROCESSOR All decisions are made at the module allowing lower communication speed while substantially improving control panel response time. Less sensitive to line noise and circuit wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required. • STAND-ALONE OPERATION The module makes decisions and inputs an alarm from initiating devices connected to it even if the loop controller's polling interrogation stops. • DIAGNOSTIC LEDS Status leds are visible only when face plate is removed; flashing GREEN shows normal polling; flashing RED shows alarm/active state. • DESIGNED FOR HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OPERATION Install in ambient temperatures up to 120°F (49°C). • DESIGNED TO ISO 9001 STANDARDS Manufactured to strict international quality standards for highest reliability. Intelligent Input Modules, SIGA-CT1, SIGA-CT2 Description The SIGA-CT1 Single Input Module and SIGA-CT2 Dual Input Module are part of EST's Signature Series system. They are intelligent analog addressable devices used to connect one or two Class B normally -open Alarm, Supervi- sory, or Monitor type dry contact Initiating Device Circuits (IDC). The actual function of the SIGA-CT1 and SIGA-CT2 is determined by the "personality code" selected by the installer. It is downloaded to the module from the Signature loop controller during system configuration. The input modules gather analog information from the initiating devices connected to them and convert it into digital signals. The module's on -board microprocessor analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm. The microprocessor in each module provides four additional benefits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series module constantly runs self -checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the module's non-volatile memory. This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or by using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The information stored in the module's memory includes: - module serial number, address, and module type. -date of manufacture, hours of operation, and last maintenance date. EDWARDS SYSTEMSTECNNOLGGYI r is EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 TM PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 85001-0241 1 of 4 Iss. 3 -number of recorded troubles, alarms, and time and date of last alarm. - Up to 24 possible trouble codes which may be used to specifically diagnose faults. Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The loop controller keeps a "map" of the Signature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "As -Built" drawing information showing wire branches (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the "mystery" out of the installation. The preparation of "As -Built" drawings is fast and efficient. Device mapping allows the Signature loop controller to discover: - unexpected additional device addresses. - missing device addresses. -changes to the wiring in the circuit. Stand-alone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the module is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the module to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communications fail for more than 4 seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each module on the loop continues to collect and analyze information from its slave devices. Modules with "Alarm" type configuration will alarm if one of their slave alarm initiating devices activate. Fast Stable Communication - Built-in intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the module and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the module only needs to communicate with the loop controller when it has something new to report. This provides very fast control panel response time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for communication on the circuit. The lower baud rate offers several advantages including: - less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics. - less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable. - less emitted noise from the analog wiring. -twisted or shielded wiring is not required. Diagnostic LEDs - Twin LEDs provide visual indication of normal and alarm/active conditions. They are visible only when the front plate is removed. A flashing GREEN led shows normal system polling from the loop controller. A flashing RED led means the module is in alarm/active state. Both leds on steady shows alarm state - stand-alone mode. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY) Construction - All modules in EST's Signature Series are constructed of high -impact polymer designed to endure the effects of aging. They are finished in white and are identified with front plate markings "FIRE ALARM MODULE". A self- adhesive French label for the front plate is included to be applied by the installer if desired. Quality and Reliability - EST modules are manufactured in North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity and corrosion resistance. Installation The SIGA-CT1 and SIGA-CT2 modules mount to North American 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep 4" square boxes with 1-gang covers. The terminals are suited for #14 to #18 AWG (1.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size. Compatible Electrical Box Wall Plate, White (1-Gang) Optional Sell Aaheeve French Label (Supplied) EST recommends that this module be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each module, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its "on -board memory". The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/ Service Tool. Personality codes are assigned to the module by the installer. One (1) personality code can be assigned to the SIGA-CT1. Two (2) personality codes can be assigned to the SIGA-CT2. Codes 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 can be mixed on the SIGA-CT2 module only. For example, personality code 1 can be assigned to the first address (circuit A) and code 4 can be assigned to the second address (circuit B). EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 TM PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 85001-0241 2 of 41ss. 3 Testing & Maintenance The module's automatic self -diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each module and other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off (de -activated) temporarily, from the control panel. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. TypicalWiring The module will accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), and #14 AWG (1.50mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Initiating (Slave) Device Circuit Wire Specifications Maximum Allowable Wire Resistance 50 ohms (25 ohms per wire) per Circuit Maximum Allowable Wire Capacitance 0.1 pF per Circuit For Design Reference: Wire Size Maximum Distance to EOLR #18 AWG (0.75 mm2) 3,930 ft (1,198 m) #16 AWG (1.00 mm2) 6,225 ft (1,897 m) #14 AWG (1.50 mm2) 9,900 ft (3,018 m) Typical N.O. Initiating Device UL/ULC Usted 47KS EOL INPUT 1 INPUT 2 •1P I WITH TB2 Style B (Class B) Red LED (Alarm/Actve) DATA IN (+, 1 DATA IN (-) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Notes TB1 A Model SIGA-CT2 AMaximum 25 Ohm resistance per wire. A Maximum #14 AWG (1.5mm2) wire. Min. #18 (0.75mm2) ARefer to Signature Loop Controller Instal- lation Sheet for wiring specifications. A Maximum 10VDC @ 350pA. 5) All wiring power limited and supervised. 6) This module will NOT support 2-wire smoke detectors. UL/ULC Usted 47Kf1 EOL Green LED (Normal) DATA OUT (+)1 DATA OUT (-) To Next Device WIRE STRIPPING GUIDE Ship 1/4" from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal Blocks of the Modulo. 1/4K6.4m ml CAUTION: Do NOT expose more than 1 /4" of wire. AAA p4 Style B (Class B) Red LED (Alarm/Active) f DATA IN (+) `. DATA IN (-) From Signature Controller or Previous Device EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 TM PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 Typical N.O. initiating Device TB2 TB1 Model SIGA-CT1 UL/ULC Listed 47K5 EOL Green LED (Normal) DATA OUT (+)1 DATA OUT (-) 1 To Next Device 85001-0241 3of4Iss.3 Compatibility The Signature Series modules are compatible only with EST's Signature Loop Controller. Warnings & Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. Application The duty performed by the SIGA-CT1 and SIGA-CT2 is determined by their sub -type code or "Personality Code". The code is selected by the installer depending upon the desired application and is downloaded from the loop controller. One (1) personality code can be assigned to the SIGA-CT1. Two (2) personality codes can be assigned to the SIGA-CT2. Codes 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4 can be mixed on the SIGA-CT2 module only. For example, personality code 1 can be assigned to the first address (circuit A) and code 4 can be assigned to the second address (circuit B). Personality Code 0: NOT CONFIGURED (Factory Default) - Applies to one or both circuits (A and B) separately. SpecificationsTable NORMALLY -OPEN ALARM - LATCHING (Personality Code 1) - Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either' circuit A or B or both for Class B normally open dry contact initiating devices such as Pull Stations, Heat Detectors, etc. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The alarm condition is latched at the module. NORMALLY -OPEN ALARM - DELAYED LATCHING (Personality Code 2) - Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally - open dry contact initiating devices such as Waterflow Alarm Switches. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed for approximately 16 seconds. The alarm condition is latched at the module. NORMALLY -OPEN ACTIVE - NON -LATCHING (Personality Code 3) - Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally - open dry contact monitoring input such as from Fans, Dampers, Doors, etc. An ACTIVE signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active condition is not latched at the module. NORMALLY -OPEN ACTIVE - LATCHING (Personality Code 4) - Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally open dry contact monitoring input such as from Supervisory and Tamper Switches. An ACTIVE signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active condition is latched at the module. Catalog Number SIGA-CT1 SIGA-CT2 Description Single Input Module Dual Input Module Type Code 48 (factory set) 4 sub -types (personality codes) are available 49 (factory set) 4 sub -types (personality codes) are available Address Requirements Uses 1 Module Address Uses 2 Module Addresses Operating Current Standby = 250pA Activated = 400pA Standby = 396pA Activated = 680pA Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer 1-gang front plate - White Storage and Operating Environment Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm/active Both LEDs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) Compatibility Use With: Signature Loop Controller Agency Listings UL, ULC Ordering InformationTable Catalog Number Description Carton Dims - inches (mm) Ship Wt. lbs (kg) SIGA-CT1 Single Input Module - UUULC Listed 5.3 (135)w x 2.5 (64)h x 5.3 (135)d .4 (.15) SIGA-CT2 Dual Input Module - UUULC Listed ACCESSORIES 27193-11 Surface Mount Box - Red, 1-gang 3 (76)w x 4.75 (121)h x 2.5 (64)d 1 (.6) 27193-16 Surface Mount Box - White, 1-gang EDWARDS. SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY' EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 TM PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 85001-0241 4 of 4 Iss. 3 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. © 1996 EST Printed in U.S.A. TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY INTELLIGENT ANALOG DEVICES OVIZANSPIWZIEE Control Relay Module Model SIGA-CR Features • PROVIDES ONE NO/NC CONTACT Form "C" dry relay contact can be used to control external appliances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc. • NON-VOLATILE MEMORY Permanently stores serial number, type of device, and job number. Automatically updates historic information including hours of operation, last maintenance date, number of alarms (relay operations) and troubles, and time and date of last alarm. • AUTOMATIC DEVICE MAPPING Each module transmits wiring information to the loop controller regarding its location with respect to other devices on the circuit. • ELECTRONIC ADDRESSING Permanently stores programmable address; there are no switches or dials to set. Addresses are downloaded from a PC, or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program / Service Tool. • INTELLIGENT MODULE c/w INTEGRAL MICROPROCESSOR Allows lower communication speed while substantially improving control panel response time. Less sensitive to line noise and circuit wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required. • DIAGNOSTIC LEDS Status leds are visible only when face plate is removed; flashing GREEN shows normal polling; flashing RED shows alarm/active state. • DESIGNED FOR HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OPERATION Install in ambient temperatures up to 120°F (49°C). • DESIGNED TO ISO 9001 STANDARDS Manufactured to strict international quality standards for highest reliability. Description The SIGA-CR Control Relay Module is part of EST's Signature Series system. It is an intelligent analog addressable device with a Form "C" dry relay contact used to Intelligent Control Relay Module, SIGA-CR control external appliances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc. The SIGA-CR does not provide supervision of the state of the relay contact. Instead, the on -board microprocessor ensures that the relay is in the proper ON/OFF state. Upon command from the loop controller, the SIGA-CR relay activates the normally open or normally -closed contact. The microprocessor in each module provides at least three important benefits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, and Fast, Stable Communi- cation. Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series module constantly runs self -checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the mod- ule's non-volatile memory. This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or by using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The information stored in the module's memory includes: - module serial number, address, and module type. - date of manufacture, hours of operation, and last mainte- nance date. - number of recorded troubles, alarms (relay activations), and time and date of last alarm. - Up to 24 possible troubles codes which can be used to specifically diagnose faults. To help prevent unwanted activation of the relay, the on- board microprocessor repeats its "relay state" command on a regular basis. T M , ""oG: TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 85001-0239 1 of 4 Iss. 3 Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The loop controller keeps a "map" of the Signature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "As -Built" drawing information showing wire branches (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the "mystery" out of the installation. The preparation of "As -Built" drawings is fast and efficient. Device mapping allows the Signature loop controller to discover: - unexpected additional device addresses. - missing device addresses. -changes to the wiring in the circuit. Fast Stable Communication - Built-in intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the module and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the module only needs to communicate with the loop controller when it has something new to report. This provides very fast control panel response time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for communication on the loop. The lower baud rate offers several advantages including: - less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics. - less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable. - less emitted noise from the analog wiring. -twisted or shielded wiring is not required. Diagnostic LEDs - Twin LEDs provide visual indication of normal and alarm/active conditions. They are visible only when the front plate is removed. A flashing GREEN led shows normal system polling from the loop controller. A flashing RED led means the module is in alarm/active state. Construction - All modules in EST's Signature Series are constructed of high -impact polymer designed to endure the effects of aging. They are finished in white and are identified with front plate markings "FIRE ALARM MODULE". A self- adhesive French label for the front plate is included to be applied by the installer if desired. Quality and Reliability - EST modules are manufactured in North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity and corrosion resistance. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax:519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 Installation The SIGA-CR modules mount to North American 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep 4" square boxes with 1-gang covers. The terminals are suited for #14 to #18 AWG (1.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size. EST recommends that this module be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each module, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. The SIGA-CR module has one unique serial number stored in its "on -board memory". The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/ Service Tool. The SIGA-CR is factory assigned personality code 8. No user configuration is required for this module. Compatible Electrical Box Wall Plate, White Warnings & Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your fire protection specialist. 85001-0239 2 of 4 Iss. 3 Typical Wiring The module will accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), and #14 AWG (1.50mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Notes /1\ Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet for wiring specifications. l21 SIGA-CR must be installed within the same room as the device it is controlling. 3) Maximum #14 AWG (1.5mm2) wire; Minimum #18 (0.75mm2) 4) Wiring on terminals 1 through 4 is power limited. WIRE STRIPPING GUIDE Strip 1/4" from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal Blocks of the Module. 1111111.111111111 1/4' (6.4 mm) CAUllat Do NOT epose more than 1/4' of wire. { DATA IN (+) DATA IN (-) From Signature Controller or Previous Device DANGER Dangerous Voltages may be present at terminals even when power is shut off! Normally- Normally - Open Common Closed Red LED (Alarm/Active) Model SIGA-CR Control Relay Testing & Maintenance The module's automatic self -diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each module and other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off (deactivated) temporarily, from the control panel. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 Green LED (Normal) DATA OUT (+) DATA OUT (-) J} To Next Device the fire alarm system used. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ ULC 536 standards. 85001-0239 3 of 4 Iss. 3 The operation of the SIGA-CR is determined by its sub -type code or "Personality Code". Personality code 8 is assigned at the factory. No user configuration is required. CONTROL RELAY - Dry Contact Output - (Personality Code 8) Configures the module to provide one Form "C" DRY RELAY CONTACT to control Door Closers, Fans, Dampers, etc. Contact rating is 2.0 amp @ 24 Vdc; 0.5 amp @ 120 Vac (or 220 Vac for non-UL applications). Specifications Table Application Compatibility The Signature Series modules are compatible only with EST's Signature Loop Controller. Catalog Number SIGA-CR Description Control Relay Type Code 52 (factory set) sub -type code 8 is factory set Address Requirements Uses 1 Module Address Operating Current Standby = 100pA Activated = 100pA Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Relay Type and Rating Form "C" 24 VDC = 2 amps (pilot duty) 120 Vac = 0.5 amps 220 Vac (non-UL) = 0.5 amps Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer 1-gang front plate - White Storage and Operating Environment Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm/active Compatibility Use With: Signature Loop Controller Agency Listings UL, ULC Ordering Information Table Catalog Number Description Carton Dims - inches (mm) ShipWt. lbs (kg) SIGA-CR Control Relay Module - UL/ULC Listed 3.8 (97)w x 2.8 (71)h x 6 (152)d .4 (.15) ACCESSORIES 27193-11 Surface Mount Box - Red, 1-gang 3 (76)w x 4.75 (121)h x 2.5 (64)d 1 (.6) 27193-16 Surface Mount Box - White, 1-gang EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FL. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-699-3108 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax:519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME. 207-487-3104 85001-0239 4 of 4 Iss. 3 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. 01997 EST Printed in U.S.A. TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY INTELLIGENT ANALOG DEVICES Input Modules Models SIGA-MM1 & SIGA-WTM Features a MONITOR AND WATERFLOW/TAMPER APPLICATIONS Includes Alarm with delayed latching (retard) for waterflow applications, Supervisory, and Monitor. o NON-VOLATILE MEMORY Permanently stores serial number, type of device, and job number. Automatically updates historic information including hours of operation, last maintenance date, number of alarms and troubles, and time and date of last alarm. • AUTOMATIC DEVICE MAPPING Each module transmits wiring information to the loop controller regarding its location with respect to other devices on the circuit. • ELECTRONIC ADDRESSING Permanently stores programmable address; there are no switches or dials to set. Addresses are downloaded from a PC, or the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. o INTELLIGENT MODULE c/w INTEGRAL MICROPROCESSOR All decisions are made at the module allowing lower communication speed while substantially improving control panel response time. Less sensitive to line noise and circuit wiring properties; twisted or shielded wire is not required. • STAND-ALONE OPERATION The module makes decisions and inputs an alarm from initiating devices connected to it even if the loop controller's polling interrogation stops. s DIAGNOSTIC LEDS Status leds are visible only when face plate is removed; flashing GREEN shows normal polling; flashing RED shows alarm/active state. • DESIGNED FOR HIGH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE OPERATION Install in ambient temperatures up to 120°F (49°C). a DESIGNED TO ISO 9001 STANDARDS Manufactured to strict international quality standards for highest reliability. Intelligent Input Modules, SIGA-MM1, SIGA-WTM Description The SIGA-MM1 Monitor Module and SIGA-WTM Waterflow/ Tamper Module are part of EST's Signature Series system. They are intelligent analog addressable devices used to connect one or two Class B normally -open Alarm, Supervi- sory, or Monitor type dry contact Initiating Device Circuits (IDC). The function of the SIGA-MM1 and SIGA-WTM is determined by the factory loaded "personality code". The input modules gather analog information from the initiating devices connected to them and convert it into digital signals. The module's on -board microprocessor analyzes the signal and decides whether or not to input an alarm. The microprocessor in each module provides four additional benefits - Self -diagnostics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication. Self -diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series module constantly runs self -checks to provide important maintenance information. The results of the self -check are automatically updated and permanently stored in the module's non-volatile memory. This information is accessible for review any time at the control panel, PC, or by using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The information stored in the module's memory includes: - module serial number, address, and module type. - date of manufacture, hours of operation, and last maintenance date. - number of recorded troubles, alarms, and time and date of last alarm. - up to 24 possible trouble codes which may be used to specifically diagnose faults. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY: Yi EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 M INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 85001-0297 1 of 4 Iss. 3 Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative to other devices on the circuit. The loop controller keeps a "map" of the Signature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "As -Built" drawing information showing wire branches (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the "mystery" out of the installation. The preparation of "As -Built" drawings is fast and efficient. Device mapping allows the Signature loop controller to discover: - unexpected additional device addresses. - missing device addresses. -changes to the wiring in the circuit. Stand-alone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the module is guaranteed. On -board intelligence permits the module to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communications fail for more than 4 seconds, all devices on that circuit go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each module on the loop continues to collect and analyze information from its slave device and will alarm should their slave device activate. Fast Stable Communication - Built-in intelligence means less information needs to be sent between the module and the loop controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the module only needs to communicate with the loop controller when it has something new to report. This provides very fast control panel response time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for communication on the circuit. The lower baud rate offers several advantages including: - less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics. - less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable. - less emitted noise from the analog wiring. -twisted or shielded wiring is not required. Diagnostic LEDs - Twin LEDs provide visual indication of normal and alarm/active conditions. They are visible only when the front plate is removed. A flashing GREEN led shows normal system polling from the loop controller. A flashing RED led means the module is in alarm/active state. Both leds on steady shows alarm state - stand-alone mode. Construction - All modules in EST's Signature Series are constructed of high -impact polymer designed to endure the effects of aging. They are finished in white and are identified with front plate markings "FIRE ALARM MODULE". A self- adhesive French label for the front plate is included to be applied by the installer if desired. Quality and Reliability - EST modules are manufactured in North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity and corrosion resistance. Installation The SIGA-MM1 and SIGA-WTM modules mount to North American 2-1/2" (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep 4" square boxes with 1-gang covers. The terminals are suited for #14 to #18 AWG (1.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size. Compatible Electrical Box Wall Plate, White (1-Gang) Optional Self Adhesive French Label (Supplied) EST recommends that this module be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically addresses each module, saving valuable time during system commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required. Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its "on -board memory". The loop controller identifies each device on the loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired, the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/ Service Tool. Personality codes are assigned by the factory. No user configuration is required for these modules. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 85001-0297 2 of 4 Iss. 3 Testing & Maintenance The module's automatic self -diagnosis identifies when it is defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each module and other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off (de -activated) temporarily, from the control panel. Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards. Availability of maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used. Typical Wiring The module will accept #18 AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), and #14 AWG (1.50mm2) wire sizes. Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications. Initiating (Slave) Device Circuit Wire Specifications Maximum Allowable Wire Resistance 50 ohms (25 ohms per wire) per Circuit Maximum Allowable Wire Capacitance 0.1pF per Circuit For Design Reference: Wire Size Maximum Distance to EOLR #18 AWG (0.75 mm2) 3,930 ft (1,198 m) #16 AWG (1.00 mm2) 6,225 ft (1,897 m) #14 AWG (1.50 mm2) 9,900 ft (3,018 m) Typical N.O. Waterflow Contact UL/ULC Listed 47Kf EOL Style B (Class B) Red LED (Alarm/Active) {( DATA IN (+) l DATA IN (-) From Signature Controller or Previous Device Typical Supervisory Contact INPUT 1 INPUT 2 TB2 TB1 A Model SIGA-WTM UL/ULC Listed 47KL EOL Green LED (Normal) DATA OUT (+)1 DATA OUT (-) To Next Device Notes nMaximum 25W resistance per wire. A Maximum #14 AWG (1.5mm2) wire. Min. #18 (0.75mm2) ARefer to Signature Loop Controller Instal- lation Sheet for wiring specifications. At Maximum 10VDC © 350pA. 5) All wiring power limited and supervised. 6) This module will NOT support 2-wire smoke detectors. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY' ' ,iA AA Style B (Class B) Red LED (Alarm/Active) (( DATA IN (+) DATA IN() From Signature Controller or Previous Device EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 T" INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 WIRE STRIPPING GUIDE Strip 1 /4" from the ends of ALL wires that connect to the terminal Blocks of the Module. K >1 1/4" (6.4 mm) CAUTION: Do NOT expose more than 1 /4" of wire. TB2 TB1 Typical N.O. Monitor Contact UL/ULC Listed 47KS2 EOL Green LED (Normal) DATA OUT (+)1. DATA OUT (-) To Next Device Model SIGA-MM1 85001-0297 3 of 4 Iss. 3 Compatibility The Signature Series modules are compatible only with EST's Signature Loop Controller. Warnings & Cautions This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. Application The duty performed by the SIGA-MM1 and SIGA-WTM is determined by their factory assigned sub -type code or "Personality Code". Specifications Table SIGA-WTM NORMALLY -OPEN ALARM - DELAYED LATCHING (Factory set Personality Code 2) - Assigned to one circuit. Configures circuit 1 for Class B normally -open Waterflow Alarm Switches. An ALARM signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed for approximately 16 seconds. The alarm condition is latched at the module. SIGA-WTM NORMALLY -OPEN ACTIVE - LATCHING (Factory set Personality Code 4) - Assigned to one circuit. Configures circuit 2 for Class B normally open dry contact Supervisory and Tamper Switches. An ACTIVE signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active condition is latched at the module. SIGA-MM1 NORMALLY -OPEN ACTIVE - NON -LATCHING (Factory set Personality Code 3) - Assigned to one circuit. Configures circuit 1 for Class B normally -open dry contact monitoring input such as from Fans, Dampers, Doors, etc. An ACTIVE signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active condition is not latched at the module. Catalog Number SIGA-MM1 SIGA-WTM Description Monitor Module Waterflow/Tamper Module Type Code 48 (factory set personality code 3) 49 (factory set personality code 2,4) Address Requirements Uses 1 Module Address Uses 2 Module Addresses Operating Current Standby = 250pA Activated = 400pA Standby = 396pA Activated = 680pA Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal) Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer 1-gang front plate - White Storage and Operating Environment Operating Temperature: 32°F to 120°F (0°C to 49°C) Storage Temperature: -4°F to 140°F (-20°C to 60°C) Humidity: 0 to 93% RH LED Operation On -board Green LED - Flashes when polled On -board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm/active Both LEDs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone) Compatibility Agency Listings Use With: Signature Loop Controller UL, ULC Ordering Information Table Catalog Number Description Carton Dims - inches (mm) Ship Wt. lbs (kg) SIGA-MM1 Monitor Module - UUULC Listed 5.3 (135)w x 2.5 (64)h x 5.3 (135)d .4 (.15) SIGA-WTM Waterflow/Tamper Module - UUULC Listed ACCESSORIES 27193-11 Surface Mount Box - Red, 1-gang 3 (76)w x 4.75 (121)h x 2.5 (64)d 1 (.6) 27193-16 Surface Mount Box - White, 1-gang A UNIT OF GENERAL SIGNIX“.' EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, 1 .,m EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 85001-0297 4 of 4 Iss. 3 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. ©1997 EST Printed in Canada FIRE ALARM SIGNALING APPLIANCES Self -Synchronizing Design Temporal Output EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY UL 1971 Listed 757 Series Temporal Horn Integrity Family Features • SYNCHRONIZED TEMPORAL AUDIBLE OUTPUT Select for self -synchronizing temporal signal or steady tone. External "synch -control" module is not required. • SYNCHRONIZED STROBE FLASH Self -synchronizing flash from multiple strobes improves the safety for photosensitive people. External "synch -control" module is not required. • MOUNTS TO 2-GANG BOX Flush mount to standard North American 2-gang or 4 inch square electric box. • ADJUSTABLE HIGH OR LOW dBA OUTPUT Select for 98 dBA or 94 dBA sound output. • TRUE HORN TONE Low pitch "growling" sound demands attention. • ADA/UL1971/ULC LISTED STROBE All strobe models provide "Equivalent Facilitation" allowed under ADA Accessibility Guidelines, satisfy NFPA codes and are UL1971 listed as Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. • EASY INSTALLATION A universal mounting plate allows Integrity to be wired then left hanging "free" to allow easy V.I. and testing before it is fastened to electrical box. • SCREW TERMINAL WIRE CONNECTION Large terminals speed installation and accept up to #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire. • FIELD CHANGEABLE LENS MARKINGS Standard "FIRE" strobe marking/language is easily changed with optional snap -on Lens Kits. • UL/ULC RATED OUTDOOR OPTION Description EST's 757 Integrity Series Temporal Horn and Temporal Horn/ Strobe are perfect for life safety applications as an alert and alarm signal, especially to notify the hearing impaired. The horn emits a piercing low frequency sound that is easily heard above moderate ambient noise levels. Integrity's rugged plastic housing is available with a red or white textured finish. With its ingenious mounting sub -plate, the horn is firmly held in place with a single screw ensuring a quick, attractive installation. A separate trim plate is not required for flush mounting. Separate terminals to accept up to #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire are provided for field connection of the strobe and horn. Matching Integrity Speakers, Chimes, and Strobe combinations are also available. HORN: During installation, the horn is configured for steady or temporal tone signal and either low or high dB output. When temporal output is selected all horns on a common 2-wire circuit are self -synchronized (see specifications). External "sync - control" modules are not required. Integrity Series horns emit a low frequency "growling" tone to really demand attention. Select 'high'output for 98 dBA; choose low' output for 94 dBA. (Average measurement at 10 feet (3.05 M) in anechoic chamber.) STROBE: EST strobes are self -synchronized to flash at 1 fps across their full operating voltage range. The strobe operates on any existing 2-wire signal circuit. Separately installed "sync - control" modules are not required. A very small portion of the population have a condition which may cause them to become disoriented from multiple random flashes of light. This risk is minimized with Integrity's strobe. The flash from EST strobes can be noticed from almost any position in the room, corridor, or large open space. The output is controlled using a specially shaped reflector to disperse the light in all viewing directions. EST strobes are UL1971 listed with both wall and ceiling cd intensity ratings (see Specifications). This is useful in areas where the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) permits ceiling mount strobes. 757 Series Temporal Horn/Strobes are shipped with wall mount style `FIRE" lens markings. Where ceiling mount, other languages or different lens markings are required, optional LKW and LKC series Lens Marking Kits are offered. Lens marking sleeves snap right over the strobe lens providing quick, easy, change. Consult EST for availability of other languages or special markings. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-727-0740 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax:203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-372-1581 INTERNATIONAL:CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 PITTSFIELD, ME.207-487-3104 85001-0341 1 of 4 Iss. 2 Audible Signal Application Suggested sound pressure levels in each signaling zone for alert or alarm signals are at least 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5' (1.5 m) above the floor. The average ambient sound level is the RMS, A -weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period. Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically cause a 6 dB reduction in the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3 dBA difference is a "just noticeable" change in volume. Typical Sound Output Distribution dBA measured at 10 ft. in anechoic chamber 757 Series Temporal Horn (`HIGH' output) Visible Signal Application These guidelines are based on ANSI/NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code (1993). When applied and installed in accordance with that code, EST strobes meet or exceed the illumination produced by the ADA specified 75 candela (cd) strobe at 50 feet. However, optimum performance is obtained by providing "Equivalent Facilitation" as allowed by the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines [ADA(AG)]. Contact EST for exact spacing requirements. Non -Sleeping Rooms Use ONE Wall Mounted - EST Model: Up to 20' x 20' (6.1 x 6.1 m) 757-5A 15 cd @ 70 mA or 757-7A" 15/75 cd @ 105 mA Up to 30' x 30' (9.1 x 9.1 m) 757-3A 30 cd 0 105 mA Up to 50' x 50' (15.2 x 15.2m) 757-8A 110 cd © 219 mA Corridors Any Length x Max. 20' (6.1 m) Wide Wall Mounted - EST Model: 757-5A or 757-7A' spaced © 100' (30.5 m) never exceeding 151 (4.5 m) from end wall ' Model 757-7A is rated at 15 cd (wall or ceiling mount) per UL1971, and 75 cd per UL1638 thereby meeting ADA on axis only requirements of 75 cd. Non -Sleeping Rooms and Corridors: EST strobes rated at less than 110 cd per UL1971 are intended for use in non - sleeping areas only. Install them 80" (2.03 m) above floor level OR within the space between 6" (150 mm) to 24" (610 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower. No point in any space (including corridors) required to have strobes shall be more than 50' (15.2 m) from the signal (in the horizontal plane). The 110 cd strobe should be used in non -sleeping areas only when the room exceeds 40' x 40' (12.2 m x 12.2 m). In large rooms or spaces (such as auditoriums) that exceed 100' (30.4 m) across and without obstructions more than 72" (1.8 m) above the finished floor, strobes may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum of 100' (30.4 m) apart, in lieu of suspending them from the ceiling. Sleeping Rooms: EST model 757-8A is rated at 110 cd. It is intended for use in sleeping rooms and should be installed along with a smoke detector. It must be wall mounted at least Sleeping Rooms Use ONE Wall Mounted - EST Model: Any Size 757-8A 110 cd © 219 mA 80" (2.03 m) above floor level, but no closer than 24" (610 mm) to the ceiling. The distance from the strobe to the pillow must not exceed 16' (4.8 m). Application Notes - USA In any case, audible signals cannot have a sound level less than 75 dBA at 10' (3m) per NFPA 72 and cannot exceed 120 dBA per ADA (130 dBA per NFPA 72) at the minimum hearing distance to audible appliance. Audible signals shall be installed with the top of the device above the floor not less than 90" (2.3 m) and below the finished ceilings at least 6" (150 mm) (per NFPA 72). Strobes must be used to supplement audible signals wherever the average ambient sound level exceeds 105 dBA. Combination AudibleNisible signals must be installed per NFPA guidelines established for strobes. ADA suggests that the following areas may require Visual Alarm Signals: • rest rooms, meeting rooms, and other general usage areas. • lobbies, hallways, and other common use areas. • sleeping rooms intended for use by persons with hearing impairments. • work areas used by a person with a hearing impairment (per Title 1 of ADA). Application Notes - CANADA (Based in part on 1995 Canada National Building Code) The fire alarm signal sound pressure level shall not exceed 110 dBA in any normally occupied area. The sound pressure level from an audible signal in a floor area used for occupancies other than residential occupancies shall be not less than 10 dBA above the ambient noise, and never less than 65 dBA. The sound pressure level in sleeping rooms from an audible signal shall not be less than 75 dBA when any intervening doors between the device and the sleeping room are closed. Audible signal devices shall be installed not less than 1.8 m to the center of the device above the floor (per CAN/ULC S524). The fire alarm audible signal shall be supplemented by fire alarm strobes in any floor area where the ambient noise level exceeds 87 dBA, or where the occupants of the floor area use ear protective devices, are located within an audiometric booth, or are located within sound insulating enclosures. This also applies to assembly occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with performances could exceed 100 dBA. Strobes shall be installed in a building so that the flash from not less than one device is visible throughout the floor area or portion thereof in which they are installed. For maximum safety, EST recommends that strobes be installed as per the guide- lines shown here under Strobe Application. 85001-0341 2 of 4 Iss. 2 Specifications Standalone Synchronization Characteristics (note 5) Strobe flash at 1 per second within 200 milliseconds on common circuit Horn pulses at temporal rate within 200 milliseconds on common circuit Operating Volts Strobe: 20-24 Vdc Continuous; Horn: 20-24 Vdc Continuous Horn Output (note 1) Anechoic: High Setting -104 dBA (peak)/98 dBA (avg); Low Setting - 99 dBA (peak)/94 dBA (avg) Reverberent: High Setting - 85 dBA (continuous)/82 dBA (temporal); Low Setting - 82 dBA (continuous)/75 dBA (temporal) Horn Current High Output: 40 mA @"•24 Vdc; 55mA 0 24 Vrms FWR; Low Output: 20 mA © 24 Vdc; 28 mA © 24 Vrms FWR Rated Strobe Output - candela (cd) 757-5A- 757-7A- 757-3A- 757-8A UL 1971 15 cd wall mount only 15 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 30 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 110 cd wall 60 cd ceiling UL 1638 not UL 1638 rated 75 cd 30 cd 120 cd ULC S526 15 cd 75 cd 30 cd 120 cd Average Strobe Current (note 2) 24Vdc: 70mA 20Vdc: 80mA 24Vdc: 105mA 20Vdc: 125mA 24Vdc: 105mA 20Vdc: 125mA 24Vdc: 219mA 20Vdc: 272mA Peak Strobe Current (note 2) 20Vdc: 208mA 20Vdc: 208mA 20Vdc: 208mA 20Vdc: 352mA Average Strobe Current (note 3) 24Vdc: 84mA 20Vdc: 99mA 24Vdc: 168mA 20Vdc: 204mA 24Vdc: 168mA 20Vdc: 204mA 24Vdc: 325mA 20Vdc: 355mA Peak Strobe Current (note 3) 20Vdc: 360mA 20Vdc: 594mA 20Vdc: 594mA 20Vdc: 876mA Strobe Marking Supplied with LKW-1 "FIRE° red letters, vertical both sides (Wall Mount) - see LKW and LKC series for ceiling style and optional markings. Flash Tube Enclosure Clear LEXAN with white marking sleeve Housing Textured, color impregnated engineered plastics - exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating Wire Connections Terminals - separate, polarized inputs for Horn & Strobe, #12 AWG (2.5mm2) maximum INDOOR Operating Environment 93% © 40_C relative humidity; 32-120_F (0-49_C) ambient temperature OUTDOOR Operating Environment (must use weatherproof box) 98% © 40_C relative humidity;-35-150°F (-31-66°C) ambient temperature (757-7A: rated at 50 cd © -35°C per UU@ -40°C per ULC) (757-8A: rated at 100 cd © -35°C per UU@ -40°C per ULC) Mounting - INDOOR Flush: North -American 2-gang box, 3" high x 4" wide x 2344" (69 mm) minimum Surface: 757A-SB Back box Bi-directional: 757A-BDF Mounting Frame Mounting - OUTDOOR Agency Listings Surface: 757A-WB Weatherproof Box UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S526, ULC S525 (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule) Note 1 - Measured at 10 ft (3m) 0 24 Vdc. Subtract 3 dBA for models with strobes Note 2 - Connected to FILTERED dc source. Note 3 - Connected to UNFILTERED (Full Wave Rectified) dc source. Note 4 - Use the average current rating to establish the maximum number of strobes, wire gauge and standby power requirements. Note 5 - Temporal audible pattern is defined as: Y2 sec ON, 1Y2 sec OFF, 11 sec ON, 1/2 sec OFF, 1/2 sec ON, 11 sec OFF, then repeat cycle. Light Output Patterns '5A' Series Strobe Horizontal Output deg ees -60 -7 -9 v -45 1"-30 AM I�I� °a5 �/60 \ I .0075 a '<s<'.: 7A' Series Strobe Horizontal Output deg ees -30-15 0 -45 -60 90 -90 30 20 10 cd 10 20 30 611 Ammo a6 16°tl UL nrn : ?;:: 7A Prams 16c6 UL min cd 30.5 1 r '5A' Series Strobe Vertical Output -90.75 Ezi -606A AwrU ad 45 ED 16a0 UL min -30 15 10 7��� 15 vertical30 -9°. go. Horizontal 100 50 cd 50 100 7A' Series Strobe Vertical Output -90_ 7A "wage as IF -45 1 77116ca ULmn fr A�305 1m 0 �'\�� e15" 45 30 60 '3A' Series Strobe Horizontal Output deg ees V 5 30 -30 4541 .: • 4560 60 40 20 cd 20 40 60 '8A' Series Strobe Horizontal Output deg ees V -15 5 30-30 -45 ��4:.:. IFJp 45 -60 -7 60 75 90 200 100 cd 100200 A"a 6AApctl 60ctl UL Mn f::.;, 6A AMnp al 110adl.L mint r'' �1 '3A' Series Strobe 'BA' Series Strobe Vertical Output Vertical Output 90.75 .A"nap ae -90.75 =61 AN 1q ad -45 3OmULmm 150 'I,, 6 -45 llaaauLmn 40 /305 100 �//j�-305 20 ,' 50 > , • a cd 0q cd ��� 0q 20 ii�\\\\ 15 50 \`�� 15 30 30 40 5 1 r r "``�` 5 60 150 nn 5 6045 85001-0341 3 of 4 Iss. 2 Installation and Mounting All models fit to a standard flush mounted, North -American 2-gang electrical box, 23/4" (69 mm) minimum. Optional flush trims are not required. For surface mount, use EST's custom indoor and outdoor surface boxes painted in color -matched red or white epoxy. EST recommends that Mounting Plate (provided) fire alarm horn/strobes always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. Typical Wiring The strobe must be connected to signal circuits which output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. The horn can be connected to continuous voltage circuits. Ordering Information #6-32 screws (by others) North American 2-gang electric box, 23/4' (69mm) minimum (Alternative: 4" square box 2-1/8" (54mm) deep) Surface Box - 5-5/8" (143mm) sq. x Housing 3-9/16" (91mm) deep 5-1/2" (140mm) x 5-1/2' (140mm) x 5/8" (16mm) Single Mounting Screw (provided) HORN and STROBE ON SAMECIRCUIT To UL ULC Listed Fire Alarm Control Panel Signal Circuit +< Note 1 HORN and STROBE FIRST DEVICE Horn/Strobe +OJ± H- ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT FIRST DEVICE Hom/Strobe �H+ To Next Device or EOL Resistor >+ To UL/l1LC Listed < To Next Device Fre Alarm Control +<— I Rom/Strobe Hom/Strobe or EOL Resistor Panel Signal Circuit Note 1 �H+ j+, To ULNLC Listed -< a-4St Are Alarm Control +< _ s- To Next Strobe Device Panel Signal Circuit or EOL Resistor >+ Note 1: Polarity of Signal Circuit is shown in supervisory state. Polarity reverses In alarm condition. Catalog Number Description Ship Wt. lb. (kg) TEMPORAL HORNS 757-1 A-T' Temporal Horn, Red 1.7(.8) TEMPORAL HORN/STROBES 757-5A-T` Temporal Horn/Strobe, 15cd, Red 2('9) 757-7A-T" Temporal Horn/Strobe, 15/75cd, Red 757-3A-T" Temporal Horn/Strobe, 30cd, Red 757-8A-T" Temporal Horn/Strobe, 110cd, Red WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. These visual signal appliances' flash intensity may not be adequate to alert or waken occu- pants in the protected area. Research indicates that the intensity of strobe needed to awaken 90% of sleeping persons is approximately 100 cd. EST recommends that strobes in sleeping rooms be 110 cd minimum. MOUNTING ACCESSORIES 757A-SB* Surface Box, Red, Indoor 1.5(.7) 757A-WB* Weatherproof Box, Red, Surface 1.5(.7) 757A-BDF" Bi-directional Frame, Red 4(1.8) LENS MARKING KITS (see note 1) LKW-1 "FIRE", Wall Orientation (supplied) 0.1 (.05) LKW-1 R "FIRE", Wall Orientation, RED LKW-2 "FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-3 "FIRE/FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-4 "SMOKE", Wall Orientation LKW-5 "HALON", Wall Orientation LKW-6 "CO2", Wall Orientation LKW-7 "EMERGENCY", Wall Orientation LKW-8 "ALARM", Wall Orientation LKW-9 "FUEGO", Wall Orientation * Add Suffix "W' to catalog no. for WHITE. (e.g. 757-7A-TW) Note 1 - Change "W" to "C" for CEILING mount. (e.g. LKC-1) 85001-0341 4 of 4 Iss. 2 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. ®1997 EST Printed in U.S.A. TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY FIRE ALARM SIGNALING APPLIANCES WHITE FINISH 682 Series Mini -Horn Mini -Signal Family Features D IDEAL FOR SLEEPING ROOMS Low current horn (10 mA) with loud 91 dBA output is the ideal choice for use in any hotel suite. o MOUNTS TO 1-GANG MASONRY BOX Flush mount to standard North American 1-gang Masonry box. o ATTRACTIVE WHITE FINISH Tough plastic housing is available in a modern White finish. Traditional Red is also available. o MATCHING HORN/STROBES AVAILABLE Mini -Horn is part of a matching family of signals available from EST. Description EST's 682 Series Mini -Signal Horn is perfect for life safety applications as an alert and alarm signal. These horns emit a piercing 91 dBA (peak) tone making them ideal for use in residential and hotel suites. The Mini -Signal's rugged plastic housing is available with traditional red or an attractive white textured finish. Terminals to accept up to #14 AWG (2.0mm2) wire are provided for field connection of the horn. Matching Mini -Signal Strobes and Horn/Strobes are also available. Audible Signal Application Suggested sound pressure levels in each signaling zone for alert or alarm signals are at least 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5' (1.5 m) above the floor. The average ambient sound level is the RMS, A -weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period. Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically cause a 6 dB reduction in the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3 dBA difference is a "just noticeable" change in volume. Application Notes - USA In any case, audible signals cannot have a sound level less than 75 dBA at 10' (3m) per NFPA 72 and cannot exceed 120 dBA per ADA (130 dBA per NFPA 72) at the minimum hearing distance to audible appliance. Audible signals shall be installed with the top of the device above the floor not less than 90" (2.3 m) and below the finished ceilings at least 6" (150 mm) (per NFPA 72). Strobes must be used to supplement audible signals wherever the average ambient sound level exceeds 105 dBA. Combination AudibleNisible signals must be installed per NFPA guidelines established for strobes. Application Notes - CANADA (Based in part on 1995 Canada National Building Code) The fire alarm signal sound pressure level shall not exceed 110 dBA in any normally occupied area. The sound pressure level from an audible signal in a floor area used for occupancies other than residential occupancies shall be not less than 10 dBA above the ambient noise, and never less than 65 dBA. The sound pressure level in sleeping rooms from an audible signal shall not be less than 75 dBA when any intervening doors between the device and the sleeping room are closed. Audible signal devices shall be installed not less than 1.8 m to the center of the device above the floor (per CAN/ULC S524). The fire alarm audible signal shall be supplemented by fire alarm strobes in any floor area where the ambient noise level exceeds 87 dBA, or where the occupants of the floor area use ear protective devices, are located within an audiometric booth, or are located within sound insulating enclosures. This also applies to assembly occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with performances could exceed 100 dBA. Typical Sound Output Distribution — Polar Chart 270 deg. 100 80 0 deg 100 dBA 60 dBA 60 dBA 682 Series Horn dBA measured In anechoic chamber at 10 feet. 90 deg. 80 100 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY,! f .ia EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 85001-0055 1 of 2 Iss. 2 Specifications Catalog Numbers 682-1A-HR 682-1A-HW Color Red White Horn Current 10 mA @ 24 Vdc Horn Output (measured at 10' (3.05 M)) Anechoic (per ULC S525): 91 dBA Average Reverberent (per UL 464): 85 dBA @ 20-24 Vdc Operating Volts 20-24 Vdc Continuous or Pulsed INDOOR Operating Environment 85% @ 30°C relative humidity; 32-120°F (0-49°C) ambient temperature Wire Connections HORN: polarized terminals, #14 AWG (2.0mm2) max. Housing Textured, color impregnated engineered plastics - exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating Mounting INDOOR Flush: North -American 1-gang MASONRY BOX, 2-1/2" (54mm) deep Surface: EST # 27193-11 (Red) or 27193-16 (White) Box or Wiremold Agency Listings UL 464, ULC S525 Installation and Mounting All models fit to a standard flush mounted, North -American 1-gang MASONRY BOX , 2-1/2" (38 mm) deep. For surface mount, use EST's custom indoor surface boxes painted in color -matched red or white epoxy. EST recommends that fire alarm horns always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. FRONT VIEW O SIGNAL 4-12' (114.3mm) BACK VIEW ICI Io1,.10I 1n 111 - a' Typical Wiring (692.9mm) -►I The horn can be connected to pulsed or continuous voltage circuits. To Listed Fire Alarm Control Panel or Previous Signal 682 Horn Unit KEY: DI Horn Symbol :(Sr, Strobe symbol Ordering Information Catalog Number Description Ship Wt. lb. (kg) HORN 682-1A-HR Horn, Red .5 (.2) 682-1A-HW Horn, White MOUNTING ACCESSORIES 27193-11 Surface Box, Red, Indoor 1 (.4) 27193-16 Surface Box, White, Indoor E O SIDE VIEW 1 .-15/16 (238mm) 3/16" � (4.8mm) 1 '-1/8• (28.6mm) Red with white stripe Parallel Connection (Optional) 2-7/8' (73mm) I 202 Strobe Unit Red with white stripe End -of -line Resistor Black with white stripe NOTE — Electrical supervision requires wire run to be broken at each device. Do not loop signal circuit field wires around leads or terminals. Strobes are designed to be used on signal circuits that output a constant voltage. Do not connect strobe units to a "coded" or pulsating voltage. Horns can be connected to signal circuits that are configured for continuous signal operation, or to "coded" or pulsating circuits. Polarity of signal circuit is shown in "Supervisory" state, In"Alarm", polarity is reversed. WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 85001-0055 2 of 2 Iss. 2 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. © 1996 EST Printed in Canada TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY FIRE ALARM SIGNALING APPLIANCES SELF -SYNCHRONIZING DESIGN UL 1971 Listed 692 Series Mini-Horn/Strobe Mini -Signal Family Features SYNCHRONIZED STROBE FLASH Self -synchronizing flash from multiple strobes im- proves the safety for photosensitive people. External "sync -control" module is not required. o IDEAL FOR SLEEPING ROOMS Low current horn with loud 91 dBA output combined with 110 cd strobe makes this Horn/Strobe the ideal choice for use in any hotel suite. D ADA/UL 1971/ULC LISTED STROBE All strobe models provide "Equivalent Facilitation" allowed under ADA Accessibility Guidelines, satisfy NFPA codes and are UL 1971 listed as Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. D MOUNTS TO 1-GANG MASONRY BOX Flush mount to standard North American 1-gang Masonry box. D ATTRACTIVE WHITE FINISH Tough plastic housing is available in a modern White finish. Traditional Red is also available. n FIELD CHANGEABLE LENS MARKINGS Lens language or standard "FIRE" marking is easily changed with optional LKW and LKC Lens Kits. Description EST's 692 Series Mini -Signal Horn/Strobe is perfect for life safety applications as an alert and alarm signal, especially to notify the hearing impaired. Models with 15 cd, 15/75 cd, 30 cd, and 110 cd effective flash intensity are available. These horns emit a piercing 91 dBA (peak) tone. Combined with the 110 cd strobe, they are ideal for use in hotel rooms to awaken sleeping persons. The Mini -Signal's rugged plastic housing is available with traditional red or an attractive white textured finish. Terminals to accept up to #14 AWG (2.0mm2) wire are provided for field connection of the horn. Polarized strobe connections are made to 7" (175 mm) color -coded wire leads. Matching Mini -Signal Strobes and Horns are also available. STROBE: The Mini -Signal's strobes are self -synchronized to flash at 1 fps across their full operating voltage range. The strobe operates on any existing 2-wire signal circuit. Sepa- rately installed "synch control modules" are not required. A very small portion of the population have a condition which may cause them to experience epileptic seizures or have momentary loss of consciousness when viewing certain kinds of flashing lights or patterns that are commonly present in our daily environment. These persons may experience seizures while viewing random flashing strobes. This risk is minimized with EST strobes. The flash from EST strobes can be noticed from almost any position in the room, corridor, or large open space. The output is controlled using a specially shaped reflector to disperse the light in all viewing directions. EST strobes are UL 1971 listed with both wall and ceiling cd intensity ratings (see Specifications). This is useful in areas where the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) permits ceiling mount strobes. 692 series Horn/Strobes are shipped with wall mount style "FIRE" lens markings. Where ceiling mount, other languages or different lens markings are required, optional LKW and LKC series Lens Marking Kits are offered. These optional lens marking sleeves just "snap on" to the strobe for quick, easy, change. Consult EST for availability of other languages or special markings. Audible Signal Application Suggested sound pressure levels in each signaling zone for alert or alarm signals are at least 15 dB above the average ambient sound level or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5' (1.5 m) above the floor. The average ambient sound level is the RMS, A -weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period. Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically cause a 6 dB reduction in the received sound pressure level. The actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3 dBA difference is a "just noticeable" change in volume. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY; EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 85001-0257 1 of 4 Iss. 4 Typical Sound Output Distribution 0 deg 100 dBA 330 30 300 40#1111114 OM,'4 60 ����#r • ��MI► P44 270 deg �-��t♦1♦ 90 deg 00 80 60 dBA 60 dBA 80 100 692 Series Horn/Strobe dBA measured in anechoic chamber at 10 feet. Strobe Application These guidelines are based on ANSI/NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code (1993). When applied and installed in accordance with that code, EST strobes meet or exceed the illumination produced by the ADA specified 75 candela (cd) strobe at 50 feet. However, optimum performance is obtained by providing "Equivalent Facilitation" as allowed by the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessi- bility Guidelines [ADA(AG)]. Contact EST for exact spacing requirements. Non -Sleeping Rooms Use ONE Wall Mounted - EST Model: Up to 20' x 20' (6.1 x 6.1 m) 692-5A 15 cd @ 70 mA or 692-7A* 15/75 cd @ 105 mA Up to 30' x 30' (9.1 x 9.1 m) 692-3A 30 cd @ 105 mA Up to 50' x 50' (15.2 x 15.2m) 692-8A 110 cd @ 219 mA Corridors Wall Mounted - EST Model: Any Length x Max. 20' (6.1 m) Wide 692-5A or 692-7A* spaced @ 100' (30.5 m) never exceeding 15' (4.5 m) from end wall Model 692-7A is rated at 15 cd (wall or ceiling mount) per UL1971, and 75 cd per UL1638 thereby meeting ADA on axis only requirements of 75 cd. Non -Sleeping Rooms and Corridors: EST strobes rated at less than 110 cd per UL1971 are intended for use in non - sleeping areas only. Install them 80" (2.03 m) above floor level OR within the space between 6" (150 mm) to 24" (610 mm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower. No point in any space (including corridors) required to have strobes shall be more than 50' (15.2 m) from the signal (in the horizontal plane). The 110 cd strobe should be used in non -sleeping areas only when the room exceeds 40' x 40' (12.2 m x 12.2 m). In large rooms or spaces (such as auditoriums) that exceed 100' (30.4 m) across and without obstructions more than 72" (1.8 m) above the finished floor, strobes may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum of 100' (30.4 m) apart, in lieu of suspending them from the ceiling. Sleeping Rooms: EST model 692-8A is rated at 110 cd. It is intended for use in sleeping rooms and should be installed along with a smoke detector. It must be wall mounted at least 80" (2.03 m) above floor level, but no closer than 24" (610 mm) to the ceiling. The distance from the strobe to the pillow must not exceed 16' (4.8 m). Sleeping Rooms Use ONE Wall Mounted - EST Model: Any Size 692-8A 110 cd @ 219 mA EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, Application Notes - USA In any case, audible signals cannot have a sound level less than 75 dBA at 10' (3m) per NFPA 72 and cannot exceed 120 dBA per ADA (130 dBA per NFPA 72) at the minimum hearing distance to audible appliance. Audible signals shall be installed with the top of the device above the floor not less than 90" (2.3 m) and below the finished ceilings at least 6" (150 mm) (per NFPA 72). Strobes must be used to supplement audible signals wherever the average ambient sound level exceeds 105 dBA. Combination AudibleNisible signals must be installed per NFPA guidelines established for strobes. ADA suggests that the following areas may require Visual Alarm Signals: • rest rooms, meeting rooms, and other general usage areas. • lobbies, hallways, and other common use areas. • sleeping rooms intended for use by persons with hearing impairments. • work areas used by a person with a hearing impairment (per Title 1 of ADA). Application Notes - CANADA (Based in part on 1995 Canada National Building Code) The fire alarm signal sound pressure level shall not exceed 110 dBA in any normally occupied area. The sound pressure level from an audible signal in a floor area used for occupancies other than residential occupancies shall be not less than 10 dBA above the ambient noise, and never less than 65 dBA. The sound pressure level in sleeping rooms from an audible signal shall not be less than 75 dBA when any intervening doors between the device and the sleeping room are closed. Audible signal devices shall be installed not less than 1.8 m to the center of the device above the floor (per CAN/ULC S524). The fire alarm audible signal shall be supplemented by fire alarm strobes in any floor area where the ambient noise level exceeds 87 dBA, or where the occupants of the floor area use ear protective devices, are located within an audiometric booth, or are located within sound insulating enclosures. This also applies to assembly occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with performances could exceed 100 dBA. Strobes shall be installed in a building so that the flash from not less than one device is visible throughout the floor area or portion thereof in which they are installed. For maximum safety, EST recommends that strobes be installed as per the guidelines shown here under Strobe Application. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 85001-0257 2 of 4 Iss. 4 Specifications 30 20 10c�� 10 0 20 I� 30 9 -45 -60 -7 -90 Horn Current 10 mA @ 24 Vdc Horn Output (note 1) Anechoic (per ULC S525): 91 dBA Average Reverberent (per UL 464): 85 dBA @ 20-24 Vdc Operating Volts Strobe: 20 24 Vdc Continuous Horn: 20-24 Vdc Continuous or Pulsed li'>. Rated Strobe Output - candela (cd) 692-5A-HS* 692-7A-HS* 692-3A-HS* 692-8A-HS* UL 1971 15 cd (wall mount only) 15 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 30 cd wall 15 cd ceiling 110 cd wall 60 cd ceiling UL 1638 not UL 1638 rated 75 cd 30 cd 120 cd ULC S526 15 cd 75 cd 30 cd 120 cd Average Operating Current (note 2) 24Vdc: 70mA 20Vdc: 80mA 24Vdc: 105mA 20Vdc: 125mA 24Vdc: 105mA 20Vdc: 125mA 24Vdc: 219mA 20Vdc: 272mA Peak Operating Current (note 2) 20Vdc: 208mA 20Vdc: 208mA 20Vdc: 208mA 20Vdc: 352mA Average Operating Current (note 3) 24Vdc: 84mA 20Vdc: 99mA 24Vdc: 168mA 20Vdc: 204mA 24Vdc: 168mA 20Vdc: 204mA 24Vdc: 325mA 20Vdc: 355mA Peak Operating Current (note 3) 20Vdc: 360mA 20Vdc: 594mA 20Vdc: 594mA 20Vdc: 876mA Strobe Flash Rate Synchronized at 1 flash per second (no external control module required) Flash Tube Enclosure Clear LEXAN Lens Markings Supplied with LKW-1 "FIRE" red letters, vertical both sides (Wall Mount) - see LKW and LKC series for ceiling style and optional markings INDOOR Operating Environment 85% @ 30°C relative humidity; 32-120°F (0-49°C) ambient temperature Wire Connections HORN: polarized terminals, #14 AWG (2.0mm2) max. STROBE: 6" (150 mm) polarized, color -coded wire leads (2 IN/2 OUT) Housing* Textured, color impregnated engineered plastics - exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating Mounting INDOOR Flush: North -American 1-gang MASONRY BOX, 2-1/2" (54mm) deep Surface: EST # 27193-21 (Red) or 27193-26 (White) Box Agency Listings UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S526, ULC S525 (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule) * Suffix "R" for RED; Suffix "W" for WHITE. Note 1 - Measured at 10' (3m). Note 2 - Connected to FILTERED dc source. Note 3 - Connected to UNFILTERED (Full Wave Rectified) dc source. Note 4 - Use the average current rating to establish the maximum number of strobes, wire gauge and standby power requirements. Light Output Patterns '5A' Series Strobe Horizontal Output deg ees -30 ga0II 30 ipp� 45 60 30 20 10 cd 10 20 = 5A Average W 15W UL min 5 IA' Series Strobe Horizontal Output deg ees 0 -30alIlI N5 -45 -60 -7 90 -90 30 5A' Serles Strobe Vertical Output _90 5A Average cd IN n"5-6045--115cdULmin -30 N $115a ��II en 0 CD �\\ q 15 ���� 30 ���� Q� 45 90° Horizontal EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY. Vertical 90° 90° 90° 30 100 50 cd 50 =7A Average cd 15cd UL m n 50 50 100 gp 75 45 60 75 90 100 I IN Series Strobe Vertical Output -90-75-60 n.._-60 45 -30 15 a cs 0 1n ms 15 30 45 60 '3A' Series Strobe Horizontal Output deg ees -15 0 00 r�� 30 45 45 -60.�Q �� .t�'i 60 -7 -9( Qin Average W 115cd Le,* 60 40 20 cd 20 40 Q3A Average cd 30cd UL minl 90 -60 -7 '8A' Series Strobe Horiidostenongla_legirl Output es -30 15 30 �45 � DS. - _. -90��d-- 90 60 75 60 200 100 cd 100 =BA Average cd 110cd UL min '3A' Series Strobe Vertical Output _90_75 03A Average cd 200 I. J '8A' Series Strobe Vertical Output -90_75 0 BA Average cd 60 -60 r SCCd UL ram 150 60 -45 40 I�/� *-30 100 II/N.. 20 �IHP� 15 a 50 cd iAllia � 20 rL 1 15 '3040 `` 45 60 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 T"^ INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 ►I�n 45 I_ 30 Htlilligik#4 :55 50 100 45 150 150 95 60 110c0 UL ran 85001-0257 3 of 4 1ss. 4 Installation and Mounting All models fit to a standard flush mounted, North -American 1-gang MASONRY BOX , 2-1/2" (38 mm) deep. For surface mount, use EST's custom indoor surface boxes painted in color -matched red or white epoxy. EST recommends that fire alarm horn/strobes always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. FRONT VIEW 4-9/16" (116 mm) • SIGNAL 4-1/2" (115 mm) ,j Mounting Screws provided for 1-gang Masonry box installation. "FIRE" lens (wall orientation) supplied. Other lens markings are available (see below). Typical Wiring The strobe must be connected to signal circuits which output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. The horn can be connected to pulsed or continuous voltage circuits. Ordering Information Catalog Number Description Ship Wt. lb. (kg) HORN/STROBES 692-5A-HSR Horn/Strobe, 15cd, Red 7 (.28) 692-5A-HSW Horn/Strobe, 15cd, White 692-7A-HSR Horn/Strobe, 15/75cd, Red 692-7A-HSW Horn/Strobe, 15/75cd, White 692-3A-HSR Horn/Strobe, 30cd, Red 692-3A-HSW Horn/Strobe, 30cd, White 692-8A-HSR Horn/Strobe, 110cd, Red 692-8A-HSW Horn/Strobe, 110cd, White MOUNTING ACCESSORIES 27193-21 Surface Box, Red, Indoor 1 (.4) 27193-26 Surface Box, White, Indoor LENS MARKING KITS* LKW-1 "FIRE", Wall Orientation (supplied) 0.2 (.1) LKW-1R Red "FIRE", Wall Orientation LKW-2 "FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-3 "FIRE/FEU", Wall Orientation LKW-4 "SMOKE", Wall Orientation LKW-5 "HALON", Wall Orientation LKW-6 "CO2", Wall Orientation LKW-7 "EMERGENCY", Wall Orientation LKW-8 "ALARM", Wall Orientation LKW-9 "FUEGO", Wall Orientation * Change "W" to "C" for Ceiling Mount (e.g.: LKC-1) EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY, SIDE VIEW I R Ec (76 mm) Polarity of signal circuit is shown in supervisory state. R/W To UUULC Listed Fire Alarm Control R/W To UL/ULC Listed Fire Alarm Control KEY: C( ,©) Strobe 2-3/4" (70 mm) 13/16" (21 mm) EOL EOL • Wire Nut SAME SIGNAL CIRCUIT The horn and strobe can be connected to the same signal circuit (as shown) if the circuit is configured for continuous signal operation. CAUTION: Electrical supervision requires wire runs to be broken at each device. Do not loop signal circuit field wires around the horn/strobe unit terminals or leads. DIFFERENT SIGNAL CIRCUITS The horn and strobe can be connected to different signal circuits. The strobe is designed to be used on circuits that output a constant voltage. Do not connect a strobe to a coded or pulsating voltage. CAUTION: Electrical supervision requires wire runs to be broken at each device. Do not loop signal circuit field wires around the horn/strobe unit terminals or leads. WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. These visual signal appliances' flash intensity may not be adequate to alert or waken occupants in the protected area. Research indicates that the intensity of strobe needed to awaken 90% of sleeping persons is approximately 100 cd. EST recommends that strobes in sleeping rooms be 110 cd minimum. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-678-6767 Fax: 905-678-9791 85001-0257 4 of 4 Iss. 4 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. © 1996 EST Printed in Canada TM EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY FIRE ALARM SIGNALING APPLIANCES Self -Synchronizing Design with Terminal Block Strobe Models: 405-3A, -5A, -6A, -7A -8A Features a SYNCHRONIZING STROBE EST strobes are self -synchronizing; no external control module is required. Synchronized flash from multiple strobes improves the safety for photosensi- tive people. a SATISFIES ADA CODE REQUIREMENTS ADA/UL1971/ULC listed strobe is available in five intensities. All models provide the "Equivalent Facilitation" allowed under ADA Accessibility Guide- lines. Use single strobe in rooms up to 50' x 50' and satisfy both ADA and NFPA codes. a SUPERIOR VISIBILITY In addition to being UL 1638 and ULC S526 listed as Visual Signal Appliances, EST strobes have a "distributed" light output pattern and are UL 1971 listed as Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired. a FIELD CHANGEABLE LENS MARKINGS Lens language or standard "FIRE" marking is easily changed with optional LKW and LKC series Lens Kits. o SCREW TERMINAL WIRE CONNECTION Large terminals speed installation and accept up to #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire. o RUGGED STEEL FRONT PLATE Red or white front plate is finished with durable baked epoxy polyester powder -coat finish. o FITS 4" SQUARE FLUSH BOX Ideal for retrofit and new projects. o UUULC RATED OUTDOOR OPTION Description EST 405 Series Strobes are especially designed for use with compatible life safety communication and control equipment to alert the hearing impaired. EST strobes are available with 15cd, 15/75 (ADA) cd, 30cd, 60cd, and 110cd effective flash intensity. EST strobes are self -synchronized to flash at 1 fps across their full operating voltage range. The strobe operates on any existing 2-wire signal circuit. Separately installed "synch control modules" are not required. A very small portion of the population have a condition which may cause them to become disoriented from multiple random flashes of light. This risk is minimized with Integrity's strobe. 405 Series The flash from EST strobes can be noticed from almost any position in the room, corridor, or large open space. The light dispersion is controlled with a specially shaped reflector. It directs a minimum of 12 percent of rated light output above and below the strobe, and a minimum of 25 percent of rated light straight out both sides. EST strobes are UL1971 listed with both wall and ceiling cd intensity ratings (see Specifica- tions). This is useful in areas where the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) permits ceiling mount strobes. The 405 series is shipped with standard wall mount style "FIRE" lens markings. Where ceiling mount, other lan- guages, or different lens markings are required, EST offers optional LKW/LKC series Lens Marking Kits. These optional lens markings just "snap on" to the strobe for quick, easy, conversion. Consult EST for availability of special lens languages or markings. The strobe is designed for 20 to 24 volt do operation and must be connected to signal circuits which output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. A diode is used to allow full signal circuit supervision and terminals to accept up to #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire are provided for making polarized connections. The steel housing/front plate is finished in red or white color. Durable baked epoxy polyester powder-coad paint is used. The 405 series strobes are a part of a full line of ADA/UL 1971/ULC S526 listed fire alarm AudibleNisible signals available from EST. Single -gang mount (202 series) strobes are also available. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax:519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 85001-0305 1 of 4 Iss. 4 Strobe Application All models are listed to standard UL 1971 - Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired and CAN/ULC S526 Standard for Visual Signal Appliances for Fire Alarm Systems. Each strobe can provide the "Equivalent Facilita- tion" allowed under Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADA(AG)). These guidelines are based on ANSI/NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code (1993). When applied and installed in accord- ance with that code, EST strobes meet or exceed the illumination produced by the ADA specified 75 candela (cd) strobe at 50 feet. However, optimum performance is obtained by providing "Equivalent Facilitation" as allowed by the Americans with Disabilities Act Accessi- bility Guidelines [ADA(AG)]. Contact EST for exact spacing requirements. Non -Sleeping Rooms Use ONE Wall Mounted - EST Model: Up to 20' x 20' (6.1 m x 6.1 m) 405-5A 15 cd @ 70mA or 405-7A" 15/75 cd @ 105 mA Up to 30' x 30' (9.1 m x 9.1 m) 405-3A 30 cd @ 105mA Up to 40' x 40' (12.2 m x 12.2 m) 405-6A 60 cd @ 155mA Up to 50' x 50' (15.2 m x 15.2 m) 405-8A 110 cd @ 219mA Corridors Wall Mounted - EST Model: Any Length x Max. 20' (6.1 m) Wide 405-5A or 405-7A* spaced @ 100' (30.5m) never exceeding 15' (4.5m) from end wall Model 405-7A is rated at 15 cd (wa I or ceiling mount) per UL1971, and 75 cd per UL 1638 thereby meeting ADA on axis only require- ments of 75 cd. Non -Sleeping Rooms and Corridors: EST strobes rated at less than 110 cd per UL1971 are intended for use in non - sleeping areas only. Install them 80" (2.03m) above floor level OR within the space between 6" (150mm) to 24" (610mm) below the ceiling, whichever is lower. No point in any space (including corridors) required to have strobes shall be more than 50' (15.2m) from the signal (in the horizontal plane. The 110 cd strobe should be used in non -sleeping areas only when the room exceeds 40' X 40' (12.2m X 12.2m). In large rooms or spaces (such as auditoriums) that exceed 100' (30.4m) across and without obstructions more than 72" (1.8m) above the finished floor, strobes may be placed around the perimeter, spaced a maximum of 100' (30.4m) apart, in lieu of suspending them from the ceiling. Sleeping rooms: EST model 405-8A is rated at 110 cd. It is intended for use in sleeping rooms and should be installed along with a smoke detector. It must be wall mounted at least 80" (2.03m) above floor level, but no closer than 24" (610mm) to the ceiling. The distance from the strobe to the pillow must not exceed 16' (4.8m). Sleeping Rooms Use ONE Wall Mounted - EST Model: Any size 405-8A 110 cd @ 219mA UN, OF, GENERA, SIONIAL, EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY Application Notes — USA Strobes must be used to supplement audible signals wher- ever the average ambient sound level exceeds 105 dBA. Combination Audible/Visible signals must be installed per NFPA guidelines established for strobes. ADA suggests that the following areas may require Visual Alarm Signals: • rest rooms, meeting rooms, and other general usage areas. • lobbies, hallways, and other common use areas. • sleeping rooms intended for use by persons with hearing impairment (per Title 1 of ADA). • work areas used by a person with a hearing impairment (per Title 1 of ADA). Application Notes —CANADA (Based in part on 1995 Canada National Building Code) The fire alarm audible signal shall be supplemented by fire alarm strobes in any floor area where the ambient noise level exceeds 87 dBA, or where the occupants of the floor area use ear protective devices, are located within an audiometric booth, or are located within sound insulating enclosures. This also applies to assembly occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with performances could exceed 100 dBA. Strobes shall be installed in a building so that the flash from not less than one device is visible throughout the floor area or portion thereof in which they are installed. For maximum safety, EST recommends that strobes be installed as per the guidelines shown here under Strobe Application. EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax:519-376-7258 TM INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 85001-0305 2 of 4 1ss. 4 Specifications Catalog Number 405-5A-* 405-7A-* 405-3A-* 405-6A-* 405-8A-* UL 1971 Rated Strobe Output - candela (cd) 15cd (wall only) 15cd (wall or ceiling) 30cd (wall) 15cd (ceiling) 60cd (wall) 30cd (ceiling) 110cd (wall) 60cd (ceiling) UL 1638/ULC S526 Rated Strobe Output 15cd (not UL 1638) 75cd 30cd 60cd 120cd Average Operating Current (note 2) 70mA @ 24Vdc 80mA @ 20Vdc 105mA @ 24Vdc 125mA @ 20Vdc 105mA @ 24Vdc 125mA @ 20Vdc 155mA @ 24Vdc 185mA @ 20Vdc 219mA @ 24Vdc 272mA @ 20Vdc Peak Operating Current (note 2) 208mA @ 20Vdc 208mA @ 20Vdc 208mA @ 20Vdc 265mA @ 20Vdc 352mA @ 20Vdc Average Operating Current (note 3) 84mA @ 24Vdc 99mA @ 20Vdc 168mA @ 24Vdc 204mA @ 20Vdc 168mA @ 24Vdc 204mA @ 20Vdc 219mA @ 24Vdc 282mA @ 20Vdc 325mA @ 24Vdc 355mA @ 20Vdc Peak Operating Current (note 3) 360mA @ 20Vdc 594mA @ 20Vdc 594mA @ 20Vdc 723mA @ 20Vdc 876mA @ 20Vdc Strobe Flash Rate Synchronized at 1 flash per second (no external control module required) Strobe Operating Volts 20 to 24Vdc (Continuous) Operating Environment INDOOR: 85% @ 30°C RH; 32-120°F (0-49°C) ambient temperature OUTDOOR: 93% @ 30°C RH;-40-150°F (-40-66°C) ambient temp '7A' (50cd @ -35°C per UL @ -40°C per ULC) and '8A' (100cd @ -35°C per UL @ -40°C per ULC) models only: Must use weatherproof 4" sq. box Lens Markings Supplied with LKW-1 "FIRE" red letters, vertical both sides (Wall Mount) - see LKW and LKC series for ceiling style and optional markings Wire Connections Terminals - polarized input, #12 AWG (2.5mm2) max wire size Flash Tube Enclosure Clear LEXAN Strobe Plate, Finish CRS steel - 51 (140mm) square, red or white baked epoxy polyester powder -coat finish .Mounting INDOOR: North American 4" square electrical box; OUTDOOR: EST 449 series weatherproof surface box or North American 4" square weatherproof box Agency Listings UL 1971, UL 1638, ULC S526 (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule) *Suffix "-T" for RED front plate, "-TW" for WHITE front plate. Note 1: Use the average current rating to establish the maximum number of strobes, wire gauge, and standby power requirements. Note 2: From a FILTERED dc source. Note 3: From a UNFILTERED (Full Wave Rectified) dc source. UL 1971 WALL MOUNTED STROBE LIGHT OUTPUT DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS SOURCE: UL STANDARD 1971 - SIGNALING DEVICES FOR THE HEARING IMPAIRED SOURCE: UL STANDARD 1638 - VISUAL SIGNAL APPLIANCES SOURCE: UL CANADA STANDARD S526 - VISUAL SIGNAL APPLIANCES FOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 90 TYPICAL EST -3A MODELS 70 50 30 1n w 10 —_—_ tit -50 170 Al— -90 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 (cd) HORIZONTAL TYPICAL EST -5A MODELS TYPICAL EST -6A MODELS 90 - — 75 60 = — 45 30 15 (0)0 15 s -30 -- -45 —. -75 -90 0 5 10 15 20 25 (cd) 60 45 30 w 15 17 w -15 0 (0) 0 -30 -45 -60 -75 -90 TYPICAL EST -3A MODELS TYPICAL EST -5A MODELS 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 (cd) 90 75 60 45 30 15 (0) 0 EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY: is -15 -30 -45 -60 -75 -90 TM 90 70 50 30 -30 -50 -70 -90 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 (cd) VERTICAL TYPICAL EST -6A MODELS 90 — 75 - 60 45 30 15 (0) 0 -15 -30 -45 -60 • -75 90 75 60 45 30 5 (0) 0 -15 -30 -45 60 -75 -90 TYPICAL EST -7A MODELS 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 (Cd) - 90 70 50 30 (0)to 10 -30 -50 -70 -90 TYPICAL EST -BA MODELS 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 175 (cd) 90 70 50 30 10 (0) -10 30 50 -70 -90 TYPICAL EST -7A MODELS TYPICAL EST -8A MODELS 75 75 60 45 30 15 (0) 0 -15 -30 -45 -60 -75 -90 0 5 10 15 20 25 0 25 50 75 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0 25 50 75 100 125 150 (cd) (cd) (cd) (cd) EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 85001-0305 3 of 4 Iss. 4 Installation and Mounting All models fit to a standard flush mounted, North American 4" electrical box, 1-1/2" (38 mm) deep minimum. Optional EST weatherproof, surface mount boxes are available. The strobes must be connected to signal circuits which output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. EST recommends that these strobes always be installed in accordance with the latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes. 0.25" (6 mnm 5.5" (140 mm) SIDE VIEW, WALL MOUNTED Typical Wiring -24 Vdc WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist. These visual signal appliances' flash intensity may not be ad- equate to alert or waken occupants in the protected area. Re- search indicates that the intensity of strobe needed to awaken 90% of sleeping persons is approximately 100 cd. EST recom- mends that strobes in sleeping rooms be 110 cd minimum. • 5 5" (140 mm) FRONT VIEW, WALL MOUNTED Polarity of signal circuit shown in supervisory state. On alarm, polarity reverses. UL/ULC Lis 24Vdc Fire A/arn Control Pa, (signal circa (.0 . ed • 1i 0. • Strobe i Ordering Information - Strobes Place an end -of - line resistor on the last device (resistor supplied with control panel) Catalog Number Description Ship Wt. lb (kg) 405-5A-T Strobe - 15 cd, Red 1 (0.4) 405-5A-TW Strobe - 15 cd, White 405-7A-T Strobe -15/75, Red 405-7A-TW Strobe -15/75, White 405-3A-T Strobe - 30 cd, Red 405-3A-TW Strobe - 30 cd, White 405-6A-T Strobe - 60 cd, Red 405-6A-TW Strobe - 60 cd, White 405-8A-T Strobe - 110 cd, Red 405-8A-TW Strobe - 110 cd, White Mounting Accessories 449 Surface Mount Box - Outdoor, Gray 1 (0.4) I � I EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY. mixiE Countersunk Philip head screws are provided to secure unit onto electrical box. Two Plastic Caps are provided for indoor mounting. FIRE/ SIDE VIEW, CEILING MOUNTED *Changeable Lens Marking, LKW or LKC Series. CAUTION: This unit is designed to be used on signal circuits that output a constant voltage of 20-24 VDC. Do not connect this unit to a coded or pulsating voltage. Electrical supervision requires wire run to be broken at each terminal. Do not loop signal circuit field wires around strobe terminals. Ordering Information - Lens Marking Kits Catalog Number Description Ship Wt. lb (kg) LKW-1 "FIRE" - Wall Orientation (supplied) 0.2 (0.1) LKW-1 R "FIRE" - Wall Orientation, red with white letters LKW-2 "FEU" - Wall Orientation LKW-3 "FIRE/FEU" - Wall Orientation LKW-4 "SMOKE" - Wall Orientation LKW-5 "HALON" - Wall Orientation LKW-6 "CO2" - Wall Orientation LKW-7 "EMERGENCY" - Wall Orientation LKW-8 "ALARM" - Wall Orientation LKW-9 "FUEGO" - Wall Orientation LKC-1 "FIRE" - Ceiling Orientation LKC-2 "FEU" - Ceiling Orientation LKC-3 "FIRE/FEU" - Ceiling Orientation LKC-4 "SMOKE" - Ceiling Orientation LKC-5 "HALON" - Ceiling Orientation LKC-6 "CO2" - Ceiling Orientation LKC-7 "EMERGENCY" - Ceiling Orientation LKC-8 "ALARM" - Ceiling Orientation LKC-9 "FUEGO" - Ceiling Orientation EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY SARASOTA, FLA. 941-739-4200 Fax: 941-751-6384 CHESHIRE, CT. 203-699-3000 Fax: 203-250-1931 OWEN SOUND, CANADA 519-376-2430 Fax: 519-376-7258 TM' INTERNATIONAL: CANADA 905-270-1711 Fax: 905-270-9553 85001-0305 4of4Iss.4 It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements. All specifications are subject to change with- out notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST. © 1997 EST Printed in Canada I I 1'"'1 I �� .Ls. Light Engineered'Displays, Inc. 1 DO NOT USE ELEVATOR 0 WHEN FLASHING • ALERT O1.ran r Ugh( tn•.wiN 0104,• • Specifications Model: EL-1 E.O.L. (if supervised) 24 vdc FEATURES: Signal Circuit BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL, BRASS, OR GLOSS WHITE PLASTIC STANDARD, SINGLE GANG (BOX MOUNT) PLATE HIGH BRIGHTNESS FLASHING RED LED INDICATOR HIGH VISABILITY RED SCREEN PRINTING POST OFFICE BOX 208 • WILMINGTON, NORTH CAROLINA 28402 • (800) 251-2512 • FAX (800) 251-9878 Firepower 5395 Distributed Power Module In an emergency, you need maximum power: The Firepower 5395 Distributed Power Module by Silent Knight is the most -powerful and cost-effective power supply IN available today. It delivers 6 amps of notification appliance circuit power — what you need to drive power-hungry components like ADA notification appliances. The 5395's advanced microprocessor design is years ahead of the competition. Its switch mode power supply design is up to 50% more efficient than competitive linear mode power supplies. And, ADA retrofits are easier and less expensive with Firepower 5395 because it integrates into current systems without the costly investment in new components. For the most sophisticated and cost-effective notification power supply available, you need Firepower 5395. Call Silent Knight today for more information, 1-800-446-6444. Firepower 5395 Distributed Power Module The Firepower 5395 is a notification power expander that provides its own AC power connection, battery charging circuit, and backup battery for use with fire and security controls such as the Silent Knight Model 5207 Fire ControV Communicator. The 5395 is the cost-effective solution for powering notification appliances required by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). With 6 amps of `notification power, Firepower 5395 drives the additional sounders and brighter strobes required. Meeting ADA requirements is easily accomplished in a retrofit or new installation. Features • UL Listed for 6 amps of notification power. • Power supply's advanced switch mode design reduces damaging heat and manages power up to 50% more efficiently than other systems. • Integrates with existing systems for simple, cost-effective ADA retrofits. • Dip switches allow for easy reconfiguration. • 24VDC regulated output voltage. • Four power -limited notification outputs; 2 Class A or 4 Class B, or 1 Class A and 2 Class B. • Additional continuous auxiliary output. • Three amps per output circuit. • Two inputs; 2 Class B or 2 Class A. • Ground fault detector/indicator. • Independent trouble relay. • AC loss delay option shuts off power to non -essential high -current acces- sories like magnetic door holders. • Stand alone operation. • Lightweight design adds to ease of installation and reduces shipping costs. Operates with most polarized, UL-Listed notification devices. • UL864 & 1481 listed. Connection to Local Fire Control Firepower 5395 may be connected to a local fire control which utilizes Class A or Class B type notification circuits operating between 9 and 32 VDC. The control panel's notification circuit is connected to one of the inputs on Firepower 5395. The control panel's ' notification circuit end -of -line resistor is also connected across two terminals On Firepower 5395, which provides supervision between Firepower 5395 and fire control panel. Polarized audible and/or visual notification devices are then connected to Firepower 5395 signal circuits using the 4.7K ohm end -of -line resistors provided. Since Firepower 5395 draws very little power Firepower 5395 Distributed Power Module from the local control. it is possible to connect one Firepower 5395 to each notification circuit on the control panel and still provide full supervision of the notification circuits all the way back to the control panel. SILENT KNIGHT T.E 1V/4:Cr6E'S S'11 R Firepower 5395 Distributed Power Module Supervision Firepower 5395 supervises a variety of functions including: • Low AC power. • Low battery condition. • Earth ground fault. • Auxiliary output power limit condition. • EOL supervision trouble or power limited condition at an output. When a trouble condition occurs, Firepower 5395 creates a trouble con- dition on the host control signal circuits to which it is connected. Firepower 5395 still maintains the ability to be activated by the host control. In addition, the 5395 provides a Form C trouble relay output as an alternative to using the notification circuit trouble. Specifications Electrical AC Input: 120VAC at 2 amps Output: 24VDC at 6 amps Auxiliary power circuit: 1 Notification circuits: 4 Output configuration: 2 Class A or 4 Class B, or 1 Class A & 2 Class B Amps per output circuit: 3.0 Notification circuit outputs: 20.4 to 27.3 VDC at 3.0 amps each, 4.7Kohm EOL resistor required on each Class B circuit No. of inputs: 2 Input configuration: 2 Class B or 2 Class A Input voltage range: 9-32VDC Battery charging capacity: 7.0AH Ambient Temp.: 32°F to 120°F Mechanical Dimensions: 12.25"W x 16.0"H x 3.0"D Shipping Weight: 8 lbs. 14 oz. Color: Red Indicator Lights AC power on: Green Battery trouble: Yellow Ground fault: Yellow Auxiliary trouble: Yellow Output 1 trouble: Yellow Output 2 trouble: Yellow Output 3 trouble: Yellow Output 4 trouble: Yellow Approvals UL: 864 & 1481 NFPA: 72 Signal Circuit Output Signal Circuit Output MODEL 5395 BLOCK DIAGRAM Signal 1 Input Signal 2 Input (optional) 120 VAC LOCAL FIRE CONTROL DISTRIBUTED POWER MODULE 5395 Trouble Output (Alternative to notification circuit trouble.) Signal 1 Signal 2 Signal 3 Signal 4 Aux. Power SILENT KNIGHT 7550 Meridian Circle, Maple Grove, MN 55369-4927 1-800-446-6444 or in Minnesota (612) 493-6435 FAX: (612) 493-6475 MADE IN AMERICA FORM #150744, Rev. 1/96 POWER /SONIC Rechargeable Sealed Lead -Acid Batteries SPECIFICATIONS Model Nominal Voltage V Nominal Capacity 0 20 hr. rate A.H. Discharge DIMENSIONS Weight Capacity 0 20 hr. rate Length Width Height I Ht. Over Terminal mA in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm. lbs. kg. PS-445 4 I 4.5 225 1.33 49 2.09 53 3.70 94 3.86 98 1.5 0.7 PS-490- --f:.7 ,i-- :•-..-: 4*- '"-74. :;',"*.• 9.cr..1...-..i.:,'., 45/a- 4.1;12.; 9,-- itz.- -• 1-.73.- - , ., 44, .: •3.70: • ,- 94 - 3.86- . 513:-• ,..,:-.2.A - PS-605 6 0.5 25 2.24 57 0.55 14 I 1.97 50 I 1.97 50 .20 .-1-ti, PS-610,',-: if '1,-: -6- ::::-Th -:''- 1.Ct'. i:t. 7- , .: 50. , 200 ', it..."'.:.7:512 : : ; t65.i..:=.:F:::: ;.:42;..11;72.Ofr.--: -_- 52?:1:.-rt--;22t1i.: . 56- '.;.•'. - Ia. .09 PS-612 6 .: 1.2 • 60 3.82 97 0.94 24 I 2.00 51 2.13 54 0.6 ,,,la3,.. 0.3 Ps-61a a-.z..: .;•`.:• ,'r --- ' Z.CF, ,t-e.k...r. - -1011 ...-. 754-. ''. 7 2.00,.':,,,'. '. -,-.--.::.5t. ..=. ',.. a ' -54.-:.:1.-. &IL; . 2.2gC, ' - -...ST.. t,,,.1.1....1., ,...,.. PS-626 6 3.0 150 5.28 134 1.34 34 2.35 60 2.56 I 55 12T:?-..I.L::1.5..L.:. 102 1.5 1.8 0.7 024._ 0.8 PS-630. - 1 6. s ,- , 3.0 ''.... . 1541--,,..7t_;„ ,f..k.•:.,i,:66-•:, ",-- t.30" --• "' -:33• --., 7: 4.134 :. ; 123. . . 5.00. • --' PS-640 6 4.0 200 2.76 70 1.89 48 4.02 102 I 4.02 PS-66:1 i•:.•- i-.:,--f: 67-. :-_-... :'. -:. -6.5:• r+.4.-•325--. k -! ',,-.4-_--15V-.'`., " .-3*Ewirttk---U4.7-P-7,ta=4-474-91 2.20 4.05 -114',.'?=1-ZeiP:t-.5.-41-7-lar - 103 4.05 103 - 3-.0- f.:".t0 . 1.4 PS-665 6 6.5 325 3.36 .98 56 PS-682- & •'-- 8.0- . aoct - - 3. i,-...;:. '..; 2.2cr4fi:p:-. '.5e-;-t!-.',.4,.ss-.;-,,,Fi•;-tite.!i., , -4.6s.- ...ehi-ruv.:,, az.'Er- t.5••:-. PS-695 6 9.5 475 4.26 108 2.75 70 5.54 141 5.54 1 -t1 4.9 2.2 -..psetar,,;:z,-.-IL'. - 6-- --:::.17,-J.10.1Y-:e1..1."11, 501A;.-E ,55,461;:".;;I.Z:•.. 2:001A,;:;'..--1.6"E,.t"i'X:3r.M.. -i-:-.-i'- 94,-z?'.P:•-.3.86:-.71-719.98Lki-..;;- s if, -1 21 PS-6120 6 12.0 600 4.25 108 2.75 70 5.54 141 5.54 141 5.5 2.5 PS-6200..:', .;!.:7=.:.:-.;:-S.-1',:i,--`-`-; 4:.:-- 20.0 .-.r.':-, L.;;;:-.7-:'1000.:::,:-. : US .f.,:.'-‘:-1157.!-.D . 3.2r- -7'-'?:---.-7 grz:. v-4 ..-e '.. ' 125 4.92.! ,..:-, 125; t Vi- 82;1 - IT..--:?. PS-1207 .12. 0.7 • • . 35 3.78 . 0.98 25 2.42 . 62 1 2.42 .. 62 - • 0.8 0.35 ,;i:a. .-:-:-..',7 AkE':-.• `; ------...5f.-- u2.11.' 2.56 "r'÷-- - 0 t3tz PS-1219 12 1.9 95 7.01 178 1.34 34 2.36 60 I 1.9 0.9 PS4226 :„ :1,--J...:rz.::LC:1:::;:i.. -, 3.cr::::.ri...,z::: taL ..,,,:\;,.,.. t68' 1!:,;.:..1954,!.., .•_-_. tas:i.,-,.- 47*--?".., E7 2.7S. a i. -:- 71V.:1 29S.: 7 7:337 71.4',...:. PS-1230 12 I 3.0 F" 150 5.23 134 2.64 67 , 2.36 60 I . 2.60 I 56 2.6 1.2 PS-1242 12 -.-----F 40--.:1.-""' -"..:: .'"'3M' 90-',' .:. ans.7':,::: Tr ';-1--." 3:9.T.:.! *:..10.r• `: 4.13' .t. ' 105' s.' Z: . la 1-.7!5.' PS-1250 12 5.0 250 5.34 151 2.56 65 3.70 94 . 3.89 I 99 5.0 2.3 PS....127CC,'4,.i.:1 " .7.0. :...:;:- 1.,-.2.., 350 .;:,...-.7. 5.95. : -:: 15-C,'„ 2.56"- .. •-_-. 65c- : ;.3.7Cit.-,,, :;::. 9.4.4 :. 3.86. 98 :5,7:;, .... ZS. PS-1282S 12 8.0 .-T,i,-, 400 3.36 112 4.40 98 4.65 118 , ;.1.. 4.65 1 118 . 6.7 3.0 PS-1282L:f.' :: rZ.L.7.:*; 7 ass 4:: ' 7;1 accr. L.: : 7.72 . 195: .. 220. . - - 56..'!. 17 4.6S .: .--....-1111P- T --.,1 4.5E- [.-118" 61; ''', . &CD' PS-1295 12 9.5 475 8.38 213 2.75 70 5.50 I 140 5.50 I 140 10.0 4.6 PS-12100 -7f 12*.';:':. - 7' 19.(t 17... ,i ,'.).-' 50crf7, • 5.95 : 151'. - 4.00.1 --: '...102;,..•;",-.i..,a.7tre•-' ; 84.: :....- 3.8#1 : 98. :.:-7*E....:.:..,92' I 98 8.8 L....„4.Zi': 4.0 PS-12120 12 • I 12.0 600 5.94 151 3.86 98 I 3.70 -• 94 .-f- 3.86 PS-12/20L , 12 -.: -.: ::. 12.01 •-;'. •'•-:.'-': 60G:- 7!..=-.. 8.38. .:- : 21T, ':.:. ;i: 2.75k....';'-1:::r!7(D%-::-F,--,5.511:-.•, -,7 T40;f7--; 5.541: t..: 148::: • [-,-.11'.0f.': -.:: - 5.CC:-.. PS-12150 12 17.0 850 7.13 181 2.99 76 6.57 167 6.57 I 167 12.8 5.8 PS-12200;7 ' -- --........ 20.0; ...2.i. • -::,5•-d . (C9ENg-.1"75r..it- 76.54u.1110igir46W1.wt: . : .12!kv ul7t'4.92t...;$::4:125*40347.11-- ',:::-.-. EiCti.-_ PS-12260 12 .7'-. I 26.0 1300 6.39 175 6.54 166 4.92 125 4.92 • 125 18.7 8.5 PS-12330: :. - 12 - 33.0. .L., 1650.7:1. 7.. 7.75:- 'f '..,--194-;-.-.:', -5.1.*: ..,.,.-.-.- /32: -,:::. 7_ 5.38.7z '......,- I62.' r-, - 7^.15.....t, 182;;;. A-- 26.5i,.. i;-,,12.fiff 14.0 PS-12400 12 I 40.0 2000 7.75 197 6.50 165 6.69 170 ,.-, 6.69 170 30.9 PS-12600 12 60.0 30011 1025 -. 260 ....: : 6:60, .. ..r. 168 .. 8.20 - - . 7 208 ::, :, :;39.7-,, .,..18.0: PS-12650 12 65.0 3250 13.30 350 6.54 166 6.85 . 174 I 6.85 .t. , .240 174 47.5 21.5 PS-128011. . 12: - -. -.. 80.0: f.-, - ., 4000 12011 'f;:-.,-...305:i..::;,...i.t 6.61X:17-.,11,:,' 7.08 1641-......: 180 . 821 i7-'1.f..'-: 2.011p.p.,145ii., 7.68 195 9.84 k,;‘ 244:6141.50.041-.22X:i 250 88.3 40.0 PS-121000 12 100.0 5000 ,- 19.59 500 NAME Building "A" HYDRAULIC DESIGN INFORMATION SHEET Radisson At The Port LOCATION 8/01 Astronaut Blvd. BUILDING 1999 Addition Building "A" CONTRACTOR Sun State Fire Sprinkler Co. CALCULATED BY Leming And Associates CONSTRUCTION: ❑ COMBUSTIBLE ® NON-COMBUSTIBLE OCCUPANCY Hotel 2 w SYSTEM NO. Building "A" CONTRACT NO. 90600 DRAWING NO. 2 of 2 CEILING HEIGHT FT. ❑ NFPA 13: 0 LT. HAZ. ❑ NFPA 231 0 NFPA 231C: ® OTHER (Specify) 13R ❑ SPECIFIC RULING ORD. HAZ. GP. ❑ 1 0 2 0 3 ❑ EX. HAZ. FIGURE ; CURVE MADE BY DATE AREA OF SPRINKLER OPERATION DENSITY AREA PER SPRINKLER HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM: INSIDE HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM: OUTSIDE RACK SPRINKLER ALLOWANCE CALCULATION SUMMARY GPM REQUIRED 50.86 "C" FACTOR USED: SYSTEM TYPE Si WET 0 DRY 0 DELUGE 0 PRE -ACTION SPRINKLER OR NOZZLE MAKE Globe MODEL Pendent Res SIZE 1"/ 3/4 K-FACTOR Varies TEMPERATURE RATING 155 PSI REQUIRED 38.10 OVERHEAD 150 AT BASE OF RISER UNDERGROUND 150 WATER SUPPLY WATER FLOW TEST DATE & TIME STATIC PSI RESIDUAL PSI GPM FLOWING ELEVATION 60 32 960 0 PUMP DATA RATED CAPACITY AT PSI ELEVATION, TANK OR RESERVOIR CAPACITY ELEVATION LOCATION At site SOURCE OF INFORMATION WELL PROOF FLOW GPM City of Canavpral 0 h- y COMMODITY STORAGE HEIGHT STORAGE METHOD: SOLID PILED U CC CLASS LOCATION AREA AISLE WIDTH % PALLETIZED % RACK 96 ❑ SINGLE ROW 0 CONVENTIONAL PALLET ❑ DOUBLE ROW ❑ SLAVE PALLET ❑ MULTIPLE ROW ❑ AUTOMATIC STORAGE ❑ ENCAPSULATED ❑ SOLID SHELVING ❑ NON- E) OPEN ENCAPSULATED FLUE SPACING IN INCHES LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE CLEARANCE FROM TOP OF'STORAGE TO CEILING FT. IN. HORIZONTAL BARRIERS PROVIDED :tt■■■■,ITIUMIS IiMI■MI■■■■■. ■■�■■'■' ■.=1■2 11 1=4=1.1.�4 IS imm 1111 iieiE1Iio-!■■■■■■ ■IIIIIiPiIih1I1IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIiii. ■■■■■■!sE� 111111.-161!!IifIIIIIU!I!IIIIHhIUIIIIIIIIIIp1Iiiiiiiii■!■®■■s�i■i�e� �IIIII■!■III .■s IIihi!llhIIIiIIIIII1HIIIIIIIIIIIiIiIiIiIiIIIiiiiiiimmininin �Iu:::::IIIMMINIIMINIMIMINIMMIIIMINIIIMINMIN uniummarnimmummiemoimmiinimmtimummiimimminommlimismoimionmeminnimensmemimmoilimmin!!I!1I••••••••••____ ■ in■ms■■■■■miNimilluMMINEt■t■■■NINMMtMIIINIIMMEIt■EINNItIINIMI■NINEM1■MMINtM■■■■■NIMMIttININIMIIttINsINIM11■NIItINIItMINIM ainenummunommummummommimminsimiemmumummammonsmammiumalmisimmussommminmmommemminwsiminnummommi:i1ii■"':iiu�a��EMIIi■■■s■II■■■■■■■■■!■■■■■_■i■_■■■■■■ems tu11::::■■■■■•1�� 1.��1m■■a�•■•■■i■s•■•■■1■■■••■■•■anamili•■•■m■•��■•■■ �— ■111I■■.a■1■.■11■■■,■i�1a■■■■■■■■t■t■■•♦ti•t��■■■t■■t■■■I�t�■�■�t■■■1�■■�■■�il �t■■■Ii ■_i■__—■■�■�■■Mtt■■■■■■■■■■■��� t11111w ile!. IIviiim:aTainA imist■■■mom tm■lt•■tminumt•■tt� m=mi•■mIt;■•m�I■•■•■•■■■•■t•o��■■•■■••■•••■■■•�•■■■�_= imult■■■■■■■O�.Iw.1t■1■Os>♦t■st•mitt■t"vtt■ItOtt�®■�—■�t millimmu t■ 11.1"1 ■fit s �■t•■t•■■�,��==� ■ iI.-.■■■■■■■■12��ti�16===1:t�■tii■■at�•t•■�t�■=•• =1= ■■�■M1■M■■■�■■■�� ■uli■._11■■■■■■. IMMI •■■■■■■11• t•■ ■ ■1■■ ■.i■�I■■t■ra•■■■■■MIIONI'�����■'■■■M■1a•■1■•■I•■■■■■M■■■•■■�•I■EIMI • IIII•■•\•\■■■■■_�_•■�•■•■•■■■■■•■ •�•••■■•■••■•■■•■■•■••tit•�t■�•■�•■�■••■■■■■•■•■••�•■■■ ■■�■■■■�� ■■■•■���1■■■■■■Ia��:i�ii=■1■■�■_■t■■s�s■■=�1111MI 1M■■IMe�■ _■�■■■■�■■■■■1�■•■■■I�=_ 1n MINIIIIIMO iiar■Zi■L■�NZi������•�=o=====■�i2�t•.■ti a12 •■ 11111.1111.1111111111111111111 1■•�••1•■■■■�■•■1It•� r`urt■■ l:::::::: ::ilia:=`i:':ii■i=====ram'===lam==■�■—■=====__■I���'■II■1==.11 I Inl••■■■I■■■■■■ IN�7■■•■■• I •■s■�t�•11■�■■■•■■■•■■■�■■■••.1■•.■■M■�■■..■■.11•■■■■■�■�■■.1■■o■�■M■�sl 11111•■■■■■■■■■�����•►NE•■IMIMMI■t�tM• • •s•s�tM•�t�•■a�t f IMIIII �st■st■•■•�■•s _�■■■ta IIIII•••■■■■■■■■t •1•■■■■\�s7•■■■■ ■IMMIII ■■•■■■■IIMMII■■ ■ti•• IIIM ■�••I■•t•■■•■■■NIMMI•I____ =�5- I gll■■■■■■■■■■■ti�IN•■■■•■■•1O ��1�■■M•��■•■■■■��■■■•tMt•IN��■■ti•■�■•�•■■■•■■■•■•■■■fit••■ t•■■� I1111•■t■■■■■■■11tifa��sl■s�1►at��_■•■■■•I■t_s■s■ •■■tom•• •■■t•O■■I■• INIMII s•■s••■■•■■■■••■■1■■ --■—�•■■■s 11111■■■■■■■■■■■MIMM��IM■■M��� ___ ■••■t a•IONIM ■1�t====! IIn1I■■■■■■■■■.IMIN�MIMININI a��Rv�•■�IM■■■tIM�MI•■I■■MsMM�•■■■��■•���i■I'Ii■■�i■���i � '■� I I IhI I ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ 1 fa . M •■ •■ t■ t■ ■■ •■ t■ �-� 7 M M ■" ••■ ••■ •••1 ■•■ •■� ■•1 ♦ t■I t■� ••� ■■. ■•� ■•s tt•■ •■•■ •••■ t••■ ■•■■ tt■ 1� ■t■.■t•� _� ■••■ t••■ tt1i 1111E •fir■■■■.■■��� � �. I uI1■.L _ n lr zraz unn ■rm►mm■■■■!.■■■■■■■■■■■ mmnmra ••■ --- uuu■■■�i���rsC�ir:�i�r_�ririi-ir'■r��1ir�■_L''��Isi■■ � �I�i�■r�r�ts■�•�■�■s_■�■■■ __ i:uwri:::gilTv: EEN .EENEEEEENElmiZ ■■■LJ=.3 �.F.Fsr_EF rirs Jua�■�SEE ■�'iI■�■�■■'t'■S■ t••■mo •■■■■I■■•s■I■■ 1 t IIIIIt■■ii■■■■��=Inaii�iM�■.■■■■■.'�■■■�■■■■■■!■■■■_-_-�■ Ewan■■■■■■-inr•n■1rarw r- ■-z•ww.i:rar•m;mm miomi a►�■ttw■■■■•� mumm itlunt■■■■■e.;2,3ux-t♦l"I■;>•immirmilumL!■MNIIVIs••■ tt�tt■tt•■It■■■t•■■■t�t••■t at••■■ta■tt■1�■ I3111■■■■■■■■■■■��•11•�t■•■•■INIIM■•Its•�t�••■�t•■••■••NIMis. • INIIIIIIIMIIMIIIMIIIIIIIIIIN •INIMI■•■■•■■••••■t••■•■■•IMINIM•IIt■•11111 iIIII■h111111111ii!!1■111■11!!■■■■■■■■■EN■■■■■■1■ERI � IIIII■t■■■ `'"I1...■..�11Ei1fI�i�■■_■_!_■_■_!_�_�_!_■_■_■_■_■_■_����r■i—�■■�ie■ei■�■�■l■ Iu11■tt■■■ 11 I: monnom■■o■■s namail ■omtmm■e•■■t■■t■■om■■■■■■t■ ommum■•ntt•■t■•■•••■•■omimm omm 1tt■■■l1.11linal iiIN.I IIIiii■ ■��' ■■■■uIIIImIIIIMIIM■■■■■■■■7■on ■■■■■■■■ LIi��all _'_■brl ■■■■■■■•I■•e1■����•■•■•■t■•■■■■■•�1•■lin ••■••■li •■■•�lo■■t�t•■■ 1■■■■■■••�■•�■I•i■■■■■•■■■•ti•■1■t■■■•■•■■■•■•■•■iIn MIIsMwII NmNImIoMmaIgMN NOiNIlEl.NMR:I O IIIIIt■■■■■■■■■■�����ss nomme mtm•fat■.•■■t•■••■tt immosttmtto���`��—=■■ IIIII■■■■■■■■■muneommilmiwmmtmm• ••■•t■••■■•■•• •■ •■�t■�t■�t■o•■e••u■■o••■■■■ •••■�•••■•••■■•o■■■■■■•■■■■■•••�t•� Iultttt■■■■■■■■fa�� ���biZMIIIMMIIMliallill1 �1�t■tom t� t��tt■t•■tt■tt�tt�t•■�••fat■�- 1111�••■■■■ ��- :I_��::ICRI::: EIBi1!11111a .........11. IC: CNICCC :.: :CCC :CCC �,� ntuut■■■■■■■■��■t■■���a�■■a■■•�t�t�■�t�t■■t■■■I�t■■�ta•�����=����c• �� ..l�ifr��'�� nu,■.■■..■r■ �'■�i■���•■ :� �■�•�t�t�t� testaimi 13 HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS . JOB NO. DRAWING NO. SHEET NO ._,1__ OF NMI Rlatal lascI.a •64.04 A Imo M..deR BY LOCATION DATE NOZZLE 'TYPE(N FLOW Q.P.M. PIPE SIZE FITTING J4 DEVICES PIPE EQUIV. LENGTH FRICTION LOSS P.S.I./FT. REQUIRED REQUIRED P.S.I. REFiPT. ELEV. NOTES C s 15O Q 'res LGTH. 1-0 PT 12.1 TYPICAL DROP Q 10.0 FTC. PF .10 Ks 2. it. TOT. 4.0 .Ct82. 115E .. Q LGTH. PT 12•8 142 2.80::› Q FTG. PF ;, TOT. PE Q T- E LGTH. 3-4 PT 12.7 3 K r 2.6 Q 10.0 .. i a= 1 FTG. 12 •o PF .2B TOT. it!. -to .0182 PE -.,. Q LGTH. PT 1'z.98 At K,: 2.18 Q FTC. P F TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q • t4• T: ti LGTH. 2-Co .0059 PT 12.J3 4•5-4.- 7 ' K= 2.8 Q to. o FTG. 4..0 PF .o5 TOT. a-fo PE -6 Q. LGTH. ` PT 12. $5 A2-A3- A' -a S x= 2.14 Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT • Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q 1t, r LGTH. 12.2 .003C PT Ito 98 AI Kr 2.1$ Q 10.0 FTG. 2...40 PF . elf TOT. Ia}-2 PE -+ Q 10.o(p Q Pr .143 TOT. 13.0 pE -. Q10.12. 12 s1 LGTH. 1t-o .0232 PT 13.tce A3 14:2,11 Q Q 30;lb FTG. t ..0 Pr . 30 TOT. 13.0 pE .... Qto.34- Q FTG. 1.0 PF . stk. r TOT. 13.0 PE _. Q 10.44 Q 47.14 FTG. go-o PF 9.53 TOT. 14.8.4, PE .► •• Q 4 • 12 2T43 LGTH. to -to • ore42 PT 13.53 Tor et: Rts60. Q Q 50.8b FTG. 3.0 PF I.53 TOT. 23-t0PE 41.02.• V . G Q Sr 3o LGTH. t22•t. .0001 PT 34.o$ 13a sts Of' RI OltCtt C a 15o Q 5o.P (o Zt 40 FTC. 7i•o PF .02 ZW: to TOT. Iq 8.6 PE Q LGTH. PT 34.10 Q Q FTG. Pr 'lb B.1' P. TOT. PE - Q LGTH. PT 38.10 f AVAIL. 59 PS bT CCTV GoN►.t. Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT Q FTG. P F TOT. PE PT PRIN TED IN U.S.. HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS JOB NO. DRAWING NO. SHEET NO __ 2.__ OF _2._ •• , tiPEE RAnt SS°14 • lIL.r, A'-3Rn F'.-oaR LQ CATION BY DATE NOZZLE • TYPE FLOW IN O.P.N1. PIPE SIZE FITTING >G DEVICES PIPE EQUIV. LEBG7H FRICTIO'J LOST P.S.I./FT. REQUIRED P.S.1. +ITO. REF= PT. 6 ELEV. NOTES Q 2C-%►i LGTH. S.o2 PT 12.8 1 .. Ks 8.1 .. Q 29.0 I FTG. 14. .0 PF 2.48 TOT. 1A_IA •1301. 15E Q to. E= 8 LGTH.26.8'Z FTG. to -o PT 1 5.2>3 2 K %,2.8 Q 39.1s , `�' T a E PF 2 . /9 TOT. .3 -8?, • 0 z61 FE — Q , 23T • 2.3 LGT1.194-8 FTG. 23.0 PT 1 8.01 Al Q 39.95 12 PF Q. 10 TOT. 1G9.8 • 0395 PE -• Q 4, 4 ... 12 3T4: 3 LGTH. 20-to PT 24.y1 • , Q 39.95 FTG. 3 -o •o34S PF . 9+ TOT. 23.4o PE q.0Z Q LGTH. PT 34.13 Base OP Rssava. g r a Sww3T out Poit. .o2. test: Q FIG. PF TOT. PE Q T LGTH. ' PT • TaR.0 Li - . Q FTG. PF TOT. • . PE Q. LGTH. " PT Q Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT , Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT , Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT . • Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. • PT • • Q Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q j - . LGTH. , . PT Q FTG. P F e TOT. PE Q LGTH. • • PT Q FTG. Pr TOT. PE • Q LGTH. , PT Q Q • FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. h PT • 4 Q Q FTG. PF • TOT. PE Q LGTH. _ PT Q FTG. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT Q Q FTG. PF TOT. PE PT PN-NTEO IN U.s.. PLANS REVIEW Building Radisson Expansion Address: 8701 Astronaut Blvd. Date: February-1, 199- The sprinkler plans have beerlreviewed and the followingushall be 1. All non dwelling areas shallbe sprinkled per NFPA 13 2. What type of pipe -is used for the riser? 3. Provide hose connections. per NFPA 14 " ---- /James Watson Fire Marshal Cape Canaveral Fire Department 190 JACKSON AVENUE • CAPE CANAVERAL, FLORIDA 32920 • (407) 783-4777 Plan Review Fee: Building A: FDC: $10.50 SPK 1st 12 heads: 15.00 SPK 165 heads x $1.00 = 165.00 Hose Cabinet 15.50 TOTAL $206.00 Building B: FDC: _ $10.50 SPK 1st:-12 heads_� SPK 93°h`eads ;'Hose Cabinet :> . ' _ ..- 15.50'j r---- TOTAL-- $134.qo t Building C _z FDC: SPK 1st. 12Aheads . `.� 15.00 SPK.99 heads x $1.100f,t4 99:00 Hose Cabinet $10.50 1 TOTAL l,\ ) $140'00 / . TOTAL PLAN REVIEW FEE:/$ 48000- eTh NOTE: the does not include,the permit�fee.,„, .... _A LL it '-4._.. ...:T -- :/ \ 190 JACKSON AVENUE • CAPE CANAVERAL, FLORIDA 32920 • (4071783-4777 HYDRAULIC DESIGN INFORMATION SHEET NAME Radission At The Port LOCATION 8/U1 Astronaut Blvd. BUILDING Building "B" FI "C" CONTRACTOR Sun State Fire Sprinkler CALCULATED BY Leming $ Associates CONSTRUCTION: 0 COMBUSTIBLE OCCUPANCY Hotel Co_ ® NON-COMBUSTIBLE Building, "B" $ DATE 12-27-� SYSTEM NO "B" & "C" CONTRACT NO. 92600 DRAWING NO. 1. CEILING HEIGHT FT. ❑ NFPA 13: ❑ LT. HAZ. ❑ NFPA 231 ❑ NFPA 231C: pg OTHER (Specify) 13R ORD. HAZ. GP. 0 1 0 2 ❑ 3 ❑ EX. HAZ. FIGURE ; CURVE O SPECIFIC RULING MADE BY DATE AREA OF SPRINKLER OPERATION DENSITY AREA PER SPRINKLER HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM: INSIDE HOSE ALLOWANCE GPM: OUTSIDE RACK SPRINKLER ALLOWANCE CALCULATION SUMMARY GPM REQUIRED 50.26 "C" FACTOR USED: SYSTEM TYPE, ® WET ❑ DRY 0 DELUGE` ❑ PRE -ACTION SPRINKLER OR NOZZLE MAKE (;lobe MODEL Pendent- Res. SIZE " / 3/4 K-FACTOR Varies TEMPERATURE RATING 37.78 PSI REQUIRED AT BASE OF RISER OVERHEAD -150 UNDERGROUND 150 WATER FLOW TEST DATE & TIME STATIC PSI RESIDUAL PSI GPM FLOWING ELEVATION 60 32 960 0 PUMP DATA RATED CAPACITY AT PSI ELEVAT ION TANK OR RFSERVOIR CAPACITY ELEVATION WELL PROOF FLOW GPM LOCATION at site SOURCE OF INFORMATION City Of Canaveral w 0 H .>- H a— 0 U COMMODITY STORAGE HEIGHT STORAGE METHOD: SOLID PILED CLASS LOCATION AREA % PALLETIZED AISLE WIDTH % RACK 96 U cr ❑ SINGLE ROW ❑ CONVENTIONAL PALLET ❑ DOUBLE ROW ❑ SLAVE PALLET O MULTIPLE ROW ❑ AUTOMATIC STORAGE ❑ ENCAPSULATED ❑ SOLID SHELVING ❑ NON- E] OPEN ` ENCAPSULATED FLUE SPACING IN INCHES LONGITUDINAL TRANSVERSE CLEARANCE FROM TOP OF STORAGE TO CEILING FT. IN. HORIZONTAL BARRIERS PROVIDED o y io IInd I ■ _............�..a.ma..■.. ......al....aa...Ie.l.o.■m..1m..m..■■.��..1mo..��____ ti ee:::..iimmo��i��iil�i�i�liiiiiiiliilmnimliilAil1-s 11I1lifl�!!lililMI111 I�1MNI1i11i11111111•111l1i1;Oii! iin■ee■eiiEmiiiliiiiMMil=111I11II1I1M11I_mIu=1IIMmIN11= .1!iililllillluhlillllllllllllllllllllllliiiiiliii. ■.aa.MNM...■..a.aaM■■.aa.1.a..a.aa.ai.aN•mma1 :Op::minima am imaimilmammumiammmanwminmommiammaimuminnomomminmammimmenummimmmummimmmummummomminanims limmuna :ii...R.._ti-_t-__i.____.._... _ —i-u--■�■1■__.�■�. _-_-iU .■.wa���1 �_■—�.m� .ui ■nll■■■a........ ...I...m............a.■..a... ■-.��� -iu.u. ♦ ummemm..a.i=�■ mmm,, s ■II IMMEIMMINM f.. • mule .E 7.. m i .■.a.a.a.■ rmsmiu mumso �1...a......■..�..�� �...w.■..w.....■.wl..��=� ■Itu■a•�lt %\tit•7.1�.7..:.d II.1.....��........1�■.®.....■�........■...■.�■��.1..���■1� �::� ilte ��a.` :"a to=-t�� - _ ■uunll.e�.■■■....�I..■..o...I .. .........E.jai.�.mi..aiiii.�..a_�__��`_�.-■I� ■ NIIIIMINIIIII .III..■..............a...!♦.......C.........■.a�...a............>♦a.�a.a._�_�—_��__�_w �— :n i::ua ou� iiitii.: tommai._.._.:umii._i.._.■._i.m.�.umemo..�.-�mli .—.■a��..� �.��.�.■� ■1111.■■.......aaminumiammimmumummem0mmommommiwomm•nimummommoimmaimmommealalmo0umnimo LIMILTILIIIIIIIISSIMIMIMMINIMMIIIMINIIIINIMI11111111111101111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111111 .nln■■...........malmom..i..■s.■s.m...........m......I.....■.......a..■..... mum ....■..■■.mm .n.l...a..111111111111111Wa1111110111111111s•111111ss1111e111111e11iiiiiiiiiiieiiiii— .n11.■.a..itIIIIIIIIII . PE111Iiiiiii_._i11��_11_i�_�! _ __ W11...... iiiilii —..: :I1111■....1. iiiii�i������ ..iiii==0.....���=__�_i=—_—_ i ■ e.,�............�.... �s. t....s....�.....■..I.I.aaaa.■�w w......�.�1.�.� .1111■a II t .y11 s �1.......�t.��a���1.L1`•��..�.a�t���_—/1�Iea1♦a1111.a�t1.. O��i .ut.■.�Y:...'i=`�������.■i..`..-______ iiiiiiei —=== .It6.................I...pmm�a...lm...� .�.m■.■.■■n.s■■■�� wl I n11■■■.............��a./.�t...t���\\��.���������.�����_�i_��_�_�_ t nIIIIIM..........t.�.11.M�■...M�a...aa.a.. I®�..U��w.iii�.1 `V2nWJ Tt.a.....aN. .....■I...��ww1 I 1 I11/1.■■.........................mo..ma....■O_•ommi.2�h�iI.l.r.7.si'Z_Y.l^ ..li._m_�_w�� — i!!li::iiiiiiii..■a�1M�� �..I.....a....�.1.■��, "�__---a_■a.a...�ai �w IIII.■.a............�����������1�1���aI�t�1.1�..iaaaal��a���:'_�a� u11■■■............... ..■.........a...a..=======..s�m====.�.I._11..===I_....i 1 U11■■aa.....1..........MMI...MMMIM.. mr I1/1111p -.-1..t. . mprgipinun ■ mmummo-_-_.____ _____ I111■■i....�m4rrs`...■.Y`It.■.a.■.a.....a.a.a... �.m...m....m_...�■ a1a1.n..wmm.... 1wu■........1.rasT. aiarmsir.lrr-s..=a. .■nwm.. ......min i•ma..aa..v.wnimnim l....m.m..■.....m I:.OI..■......r.•r■1'•3111.1, a..I''''.olr.e.Mlt.:aS..MMI.!•I•wIM.IIIMMIIIMEMMINIIIIM.� aMEI.a._a_w_w_�_�.�_�� I Minli.....alEM ���� MINOM ■�i■i.-.-le■ii.Mii a—oalal I I.II■■.............1MMINI...■...a.a.......a.a..........a.....aa.�■■.aa...a.......I♦a...a......:=lilt IIIIOU......NIMIE 1����1�����iiii�..-.�- •••_..�.............. 11111.........■ 1�1.1♦It/��l♦I♦��t��� 11111■■::IIIIMMEI........a.a.t.��...111MMI �����w��w0amimMEa�____ _�_� �aaaaaai....��== a...� 11111■■..............0•....a...................................�.�...aa�.....I■.��... al Iip::::ieii.Mill.N..M■i.-ts�MI��..�MI��i..������am�.���a�w�OZaI� �i® Y11O.■■.■ ik,llit� inalll..i�.11.!■�.■inaa=-�armila.1.....a.1..■n .1111..........------ __----------------—a.a.a.....1...paIIMIE i .Ill............-- .IIII.........ii,i/1!l11lii1f 11l11�iiiiili,11��i�iiili INGian ■nt!■..a..........■.h. �11��■�i■i1..■.�. ■llU,■.........--- _ i,iii1i,Y - �iii�il i�ai.'.-- •SI111;1;;:::::::::::==============_______==---a—a—a----- %% IMINe:e%:e:..�" �I 11.1•�..a...a.■ �.®NIM .t...iiiimm immi ■I...1,���i�ii a.l...aa....>♦�aa...1. ilmina �a=�= 4. 5 r, �. JOB NO. DRAWING NO. NAME LoeAnoN HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS .• .I R A n I S S wt t_ m-- R- :3 o a F .. BVbG C CJ11ILIAM.� SHEET NO OF BY DATE NOZZLE TYPE FLOW (N Q.P.M. PIPE SIZE FITTING 6 DEVICES PIPE EQUIV. LENGTH FRICTION LOSS P.S.I./FT.�' REQUIRED P.S.I. +IYD. REFS PT. ELEV. NOTES C: 150 Q ., 1 T: 5 LGTH. 1-65 •o182 PT 12.1 TYPtc41.• DPoP IC: 2.8 FTG. -o PF . I t Q 10.o . .4.-c) IFE - Q LGTH. PT IV.E•1 K- 2.14 • FTG. PF Q TOT. PC Q an 12 Tit LGTH. It-0 • 0030 PT t2.81 B2 r K412.19 FTG. 1-0 P F 0'4 Q 10-0 TOT. 13-0 PE - Q 10 •ol 12 ?� I LGTH. 12-o . 0110 PT 12.8S 55 K :I2.79 FTG. 1-o PF -I4 Q 2.0.01 TOT. 13-0 PE - Q 10. 05 • la LGTH. 1 t -O .02.32. PT 12.99 , 134- Kr 2.19 FTG. - PF , 2t . - Q 30•ol0 TOT. 11-0 PE - Q LGTH. PT 15,y5 55 Ks 8.20 FTG. PF Q TOT. PE Q. LGTH. • ' PT FTG. PF Q TOT. PE Q .I 1 T:5 LGTH. 2.-G. .o t82 PT 12.81 to K:2.79 FTG. 5-o PF •14. Q 10.0 TOT. 1-4. PE - ' Q LGTH. _ PT 12.95 135 W. 2•'11 FTG. PF Q TOT. PE -- Q •• 1 Tas LGTH. 3-4 . o182 PT 1.2..E.1 -I le„ s2.19 FTG. ,15 Q 10 0 TOT. is PE Q LGTH. PT 12.94. 14+ 2.18 FTG. Pr __55 1 Q TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT , . 7 FTG. PF r Q 3o•0/0 TOT. PE Q 20.2o 12 tit: 8 LGTH. 49.10 'or.42 PT 13. 25 55 14 = 2.18 2.71 . . - Q $0.2G (:la FTG. 31-o PF 5.19 Ts 5 TOT. 6o•to PE - 5.55 Q 4, 12 T' 3 LGTH. 3o-o • . ob�F PT I5.`t'! T4 Top or RtSUR FTG. 3.0 PF 2.12. Q 50.2/. TOT. 33-o PE 13.2,1 • U•G Q } ,. 4Vs4 e.:4 •.is+4 LGTH.12o•o .000t PT 33.11 ,, Bose of Rtsttta.• v. Lia FTG. 1y-o PF .01 Q So.Z` TOT. t°I-I•o PE -- Q LOTH. PT 33•18 _ AY CowNtCl.o,J To CITY Q FTG. PF '4.0 B.i;P. TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT 31.18 AvAtt.,.151.s 59 PSI Q FTC. PF TOT. PE Q LGTH. PT SL1%TE Ct31.Ct►t.ATt Suitt -AR To B1.0G"A- . Q FTG. PF TOT. • PE PT PRINTED IN U.S. {y. PLANS REVIEW Building Radisson Expansion } Address: 8701 Astronaut Blvd. Date: February18,-1999"- ) The fire alarm"plans'have been reviewed and all Fire Department requirements have been met at:this time. a y } Review4Fee: `Building A:. ,. iMain'Panel-,.,- 'Horns/strobes/ Pulls � � ' tom,. Tampers/flows Totals $470 00 f , Plans .i James Watson Fire Marshal Cape Canaveral Fire Department `sue :�.- s \'.Ttal $35000 ate' Buildings Pulls Horns/strobes Flows/tampers Total 435,00 - Ana 05.00 %Building B:' /1 ,y Pulls .' H$ orns/strobes . 4240-.00 ` \ Flow/tampers,— 500 ---- . GRAND TOTAL 5.00 ,. .,,, 255.00r�`wy ' • $265.00 $1085.00 k. 9 JACKSON AVENUE • CAPE CANAVERAL, FLORIDA 32920 • (407) 783-4777 NOV-09-99 TUE.04;10 PM Baugher & Conpany 4/02/59 PROJECT NAME: RAOISSON FAX NO. 1 407 868 0038 P. 02/02 FRAME SET NAME: XX.kX BAUGHERc• KANNEER FRAHF; FRAME A M T k68YSTEM'INsO431 r FRAME INID1H:64 d68 REQUIRED PAGE 1 2 FRAME HEIGRT:48 DESISN STYLE: 1 BACK MEMBER COLOR=122 FLUOROPOLY 2S r1rwr11!.\M IMNAu"...."0,4 l,60,lu,104,0 0.40. h,......i.ellllYU.11re 11104.11Y Inn lvl wenunnImyrll111I11111441 •roI A 21 A 21 .w...rawL.n.11.•..rw�u. A A 1 MIND LOAD ANALYSIS FOR FRAME A WIND LOAD U5ED:10 PSI SINGLE SPAN ANALYSIS 48 23 VERTICAL LOCATION DEFLECTION IXX USED IXX NEEDED MAXIMUM DEFLECTION SXX USED SXX REDD FROM NOTION 1M INCHES IN INCHES 2 24.0 0.03 $.41 0.33 012T NOV-09-99 TUE 04:10 PM Baugher & Conpany FAX NO. 1 407 868 0038 P. 01/02 Baugher & Company 2210 5. Atlantic Ave. Cocoa Beach, FL. 32931 Phone: (407)784-231 B Fax:(407)868-0038 Fox To: KA tof fi.4. 5 Corporate Offices of; •Radisson Resort at the Port • Cocoa Beach Motel, Inc. ' South Beach Construction, Inc. • R.A. Baugher Properties Frome rL. 9-615 v,C• - Pages: 1, - Including cover Faun: g r � (1” Re: Dates 11—ci 49 Phone: D Urgent rgjor Review ❑ Please Comment © Please. Reply ❑ Please Forward • Comments: L-\ 61 (43 CA:VAIS:s cs),( w 4 i t c�� , . SS cv. It Is intended for the use of the individual ar entity named above. If the reader of this message Is not the intended recipient, you ore hereby notified that any dissemination, distribution or copy of this convewnication.is strictly prohibited. If you have received this communication in error, pleas* notify us immediately by telephone. collect and return the original message to us at the above address via the U.S. Postal Service. We will reimburse you for postage.. Tank you. NOTE: SHOULD THERE BE ANY PROBLEMS WITh THIS TRANSMITTAL, PLEASE CALL THE SENDER AT (407) 784-23W. OUR FAX NO. T5 (407) 868.0038